e10vk
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For
the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 0-21044
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
33-0204817 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
6101 Gateway Drive |
|
|
Cypress, California
|
|
90630 |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (714) 820-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act).
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or
a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
|
|
|
|
|
Large Accelerated Filer o
|
|
Accelerated Filer þ
|
|
Non-Accelerated Filer o |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act).
Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of June 30, 2005, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed
second fiscal quarter was $218,472,184, based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ
National Market for that date.
As of
March 13, 2006, 13,698,471 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
registrant were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrants notice of annual meeting of shareowners and proxy statement to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after registrants fiscal year end of December
31, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2006.
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2005.
Exhibit Index appears on page 76. This document contains 79 pages.
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7, contains statements that may constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. These statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. If the risks or uncertainties
ever materialize or the assumptions prove incorrect, our results may differ materially from those
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and assumptions. All statements other than
statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements,
including but not limited to any projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions,
earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share repurchases or other financial items; any
statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any
statements concerning expected development or relating to products or services; any statements
regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements regarding pending claims or
disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any
of the foregoing. Risks, uncertainties and assumptions include macroeconomic and geopolitical
trends and events; the execution and performance of contracts by customers, suppliers and partners;
the challenge of managing asset levels, including inventory; the difficulty of aligning expense
levels with revenue changes; the outcome of pending legislation and accounting pronouncements; and
other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in Risk
Factors in Item 1A of this report, and that are otherwise described from time to time in our
Securities and Exchange Commission reports filed after the date of filing this report. We assume no
obligation and do not intend to update these forward-looking statements.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business of Universal Electronics Inc.
Universal Electronics Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986 and began operations
in 1987. The principal executive offices are located at 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California
90630. As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Our operations are comprised of two reportable segments Core Business and SimpleDevices. Our Core
Business reportable segment accounted for approximately 99% of our net sales for the twelve months
ended December 31, 2005. We acquired our second reportable segment, SimpleDevices, on October 1,
2004.
Disaggregated financial results and assets by reportable segment can be found in Note 18 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, incorporated herein by reference.
Additional information regarding UEI can be obtained at www.uei.com.
Core Business Segment
Overview
In our Core Business segment we have developed a broad line of easy-to-use, pre-programmed
universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home
entertainment systems.
Principal Markets
The primary market segments in our Core Business include retail, private label, OEMs, custom
installers, cable and satellite service providers and companies in the computing industry. We
believe that our
3
universal remote control database is capable of controlling virtually all infrared remote (IR)
controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio components and satellite
receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled devices and home automation control
modules worldwide.
Products and Services
We introduced our first product, the One For All®, in 1987. Since then our product lines have
grown. Our family of products includes universal standard and touch screen remote controls,
wireless keyboards, game controllers, antennas, and various audio/video accessories, as well as
custom and customizable microcontrollers that include our library of IR codes, proprietary
software, and digital media control software. We also earn revenue by licensing our library of IR
codes and proprietary software. These products cover a broad spectrum of suggested prices and
performance capabilities.
We provide subscription broadcasters, namely cable operators and satellite service providers both
domestically and internationally with our wireless control devices and integrated circuits, on
which our software is embedded, to support the demand associated with the deployment of digital
set-top boxes that contain the latest technology and features. We also sell our universal wireless
control devices and integrated circuits, on which our software is embedded, to OEMs that
manufacture cable converters and satellite receivers for resale with their products.
We continue to pursue further penetration of the more traditional consumer electronics/OEM markets.
Customers in these markets generally package our wireless control devices for resale with their
audio and video home entertainment products (e.g. TVs, DVD and CD players, VCRs, personal digital
media recorders, etc.). We also sell customized chips, which include our software and/or customized
software packages, to these customers. Growth in this line of business has been driven by the
proliferation and increasing complexity of home entertainment equipment, emerging digital
technology, multimedia and interactive internet applications, and the number of OEMs.
We also continue to place significant emphasis on expanding our sales and marketing efforts to
subscription broadcasters and OEMs in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We will continue to add new
sales people, as required, to support anticipated sales growth in these markets over the next few
years. In addition, we continue to improve on our development processes to increase cost savings
and to provide more timely delivery of our products to our customers.
In the international retail markets, One For All® brand name products accounted for 25.4%, 32.1%,
and 30.4% of our sales for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
Throughout 2005, we continued our retail sales and marketing efforts in Europe, Australia, New
Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico and selected countries in Asia and Latin America.
By providing our wireless control technology in many forms, including finished products and
microcontrollers on which our software is embedded, we can meet the needs of our customers,
enabling those who manufacture or subcontract their manufacturing requirements to use existing
sources of supply and more easily incorporate our technology.
Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive library that covers nearly
246,000 individual device functions and over 2,700 individual consumer electronic equipment brand
names. Our library is regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced audio and video
devices. All such IR codes are captured from the original manufacturers remote control devices or
written specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database.
Our proprietary software and know-how permit IR codes to be compressed before being loaded into our
products. This provides significant cost and space efficiencies that enable us to include more
codes and features in the memory space of the wireless control device than are included in the
similarly priced products of our competitors.
4
With todays rapidly changing technology, upgradeability ensures on-going compatibility with
current and future devices. We have developed a patented technology that provides the capability to
easily upgrade the memory of our wireless control devices by adding IR codes from our library that
were not originally included. These upgrade features provide customers with the ability to upgrade
our wireless devices remotely using a personal computer or telephone, and directly at the factory
or service locations. These upgrade options utilize one-way or two-way communication to upgrade the
wireless devices codes or data depending on the requirements.
Each of our wireless control devices is designed to simplify the use of audio, video and other
devices. To appeal to the mass market, the number of buttons is minimized to include only the most
popular functions. Our remotes are also designed for ease of set-up. For most of our products, the
consumer simply inputs a four-digit code for each video or audio device to be controlled. Another
patented ease of use feature we offer in several of our products is our user programmable macro
key. This feature allows the user to program a sequence of commands onto a single key, to be played
back each time that key is subsequently pressed.
During 2005, we continued our product innovation by launching several new products based on our two
technology platforms developed in 2002: Nevo®, an embedded solution that transforms any electronic
display (such as a PDA) into a sophisticated and easy-to-use wireless home control and automation
device; and Kameleon®, a display technology that provides ease of use by illuminating only the keys
needed to control each entertainment device. We also expanded our line of audio and video
accessories including digital antennas, signal boosters, television brackets, and audio and video
cleaning products.
Wireless networking is one of todays fastest growing trends. Combining our connectivity software
and patent portfolio with Universal Plug-n-Play (UPnP) standards and the 802.11 wireless
networking protocols, we developed our NevoSL® product line. NevoSL®, which began shipping during
the second quarter of 2005, is a stand alone universal wireless controller that uses Wi-Fi to
control the play back or viewing of MP3s, photos, and videos stored on a PC, through a media player
attached to a home entertainment center. By utilizing the touch screen user interface, customers
can select play lists, slide shows, or videos to be played via the media player from anywhere
within the networks range. In addition, NevoSL® utilizes infrared technology to control virtually
all infrared controlled consumer electronic devices, and can also be utilized to control wireless
household appliances. NevoSL® supports the attainment of our strategic imperative to build our
presence as a wireless control technology leader, enabling consumers to wirelessly connect,
control, and interact within the ever-increasingly complex home.
Methods of Distribution and Customers
Over the past 18 years, we have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and the
industrys leading database of home connectivity software that we license to our customers,
including many leading Fortune 500 companies. We have also developed a broad family of products
including universal standard and touch screen remote controls, wireless keyboards, game
controllers, antennas, and various audio/video accessories, as well as custom and customizable
microcontrollers that include our library of IR codes, proprietary software, and digital media
control software.
In the United States, we sell our products and/or license our proprietary technology to cable
operators, satellite service providers, private label customers, consumer electronics accessory
manufacturers and companies in the computing industry for resale under their respective brand
names. In addition, we sell our wireless control products and license our proprietary technologies
to OEMs for use in their products. We have also licensed certain of our proprietary technology to
third parties and our One For All® brand name to a third party who in turn sells the products
directly to certain domestic retailers.
Outside the United States, we sell our wireless control devices and certain accessories under the
One For All® and certain other brand names under private labels to retailers, and to other
customers, through our international subsidiaries. Third party distributors are utilized in
countries where we do not have
5
subsidiaries. We also sell our products and/or license our proprietary technology to OEMs, cable
operators and satellite service providers internationally.
We have seven international subsidiaries, Universal Electronics B.V., established in The
Netherlands, One For All GmbH and Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH, both established in
Germany, One for All Iberia S.L., established in Spain, One For All (UK) Ltd., established in the
United Kingdom, One For All Argentina S.R.L., established in Argentina, and One For All France
S.A.S., established in France.
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, our sales to Comcast Communications, Inc.,
represented 12.2% and 11.0% of our net sales, respectively. No other single customer accounted for
10% or more of our net sales in 2005 and 2004. However, DirecTV and its subcontractors together
accounted for 16.6% and 10.4%of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
We provide domestic and international consumer support to our various universal remote control
marketers, including manufacturers, cable and satellite providers, retail distributors, and audio
and video original equipment manufacturers through our automated InterVoice system. Live agent
help is also available through certain programs. We continue to review our programs to determine
their value in enhancing and improving the sales of our products. As a result of this continued
review, some or all of these programs may be modified or discontinued in the future and new
programs may be added.
SimpleDevices Segment Description
Overview
On October 1, 2004, we acquired SimpleDevices Inc. (SimpleDevices) for approximately $12.8
million in cash including direct acquisition costs, plus a performance-based payment of our
unregistered common stock to be paid in the future, if certain financial objectives are achieved.
SimpleDevices, based in San Mateo, California, develops software and firmware solutions that can
enable devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other
consumer electronic products to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive
services to deliver digital entertainment and information.
Principal Markets
SimpleDevices primary market segments are OEMs operating in the consumer electronics, automobile,
cellular phone, and subscription broadcasting industries.
Products and Services
To date, revenues earned by our SimpleDevices segment have consisted primarily of engineering
services related to the development of hardware utilized by our customers to run the SimpleDevices
software products and customizing our software to customers specific needs. We anticipate that
sales generated as a result of software customization and engineering services will begin to
decline as a percentage of total sales as software licensing fees and the associated maintenance
fees begin to increase as these new products ship. We also anticipate that gross profit and gross
profit as a percentage of net sales will increase as this shift occurs. Key software products that
we have developed include the following:
|
|
The SimpleWare UPnP Device Enabler-provides core UPnP
implementation support, allowing OEMs to develop devices that
interoperate with other devices on a network. |
|
|
SimpleWare Media Server Software Development Kit - provides a Java
content server solution that enables UPnP-compatible devices to
communicate with the server to navigate the content directory and
stream or download content. The SimpleWare Media Server can run on
a variety of platforms, including network gateways, set top boxes
and PCs to serve content to home media devices. In |
6
|
|
addition, the SimpleWare Media Server Software supports content enhancement
applications designed for SimpleWare-powered devices, including content
synchronization, scheduling and music metadata access. |
|
|
The SimpleWare Connected Media Player Software
Development Kit Software that enables devices to
connect to a home media server and playback stored
audio and video content. The SimpleWare Connected
Media Player SDK supports the emerging UPnP AV
standard for connecting with media servers in the
home. Supporting this standard means that the OEM
device can interoperate with media servers running on
PCs, routers, gateways and dedicated home media
servers. Implementation of the software development
kit also offers enhanced applications to improve the
user experience. |
|
|
SimpleCenter Software Application- provides a PC
application for the management, control, and
distribution of digital media music, pictures, and
movies. This includes a media manager plus a unified
platform for connecting and synchronizing media to
both home and mobile devices. |
|
|
Automobile Digital Media Player Software Development
Kit A complete electrical and firmware design for a
wireless Wi-Fi 802.11 digital media player for the
automobile. When implemented the software enables the
Automobile Digital Media Player to awake nightly (or
at a scheduled time), discover online UPnP media
servers, and download new content from the media
server onto the onboard hard disc drive (HDD).
Alternatively, users can remove the detachable HDD
and connect it to a PC via USB cable. The SimpleWare
device software then synchronizes new content between
the PC and the HDD. Users can also record content
from an attached DVD player. One-touch navigation
allows users to jump quickly to an artist, album, or
genre. |
Methods of Distribution and Customers
We sell our services and license our software to OEMs operating in the consumer electronics,
automobile, cellular phone, and subscription broadcasting industries for use in their products.
Services are performed at SimpleDevices, in San Mateo, California. Licenses are delivered upon the
transfer of a product master or on a per unit basis when the software is loaded onto the OEMs
device.
Raw Materials and Dependence on Suppliers
We utilize third-party manufacturers and suppliers primarily in Asia and the United States to
produce our wireless control products. The number of third party manufacturers or suppliers that
provided us in excess of 10% of our manufacturing services and/or components was one, two, and
three for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2005, Computime provided 33.9% of our manufacturing
services and components. In 2004, Computime and Samsung collectively provided 38.7% of our
manufacturing services and components. In 2003, Computime, Jetta and Samsung collectively provided
45% of our manufacturing services and components.
As in the past, we continue to evaluate alternative and additional third-party manufacturers and
sources of supply. During 2005, we continued to diversify our suppliers and maintain duplicate
tooling for certain of our products. This has allowed us to stabilize our source for products and
negotiate more favorable terms with our suppliers. In addition, where we can, we use standard parts
and components, which are available from multiple sources. To continue to reduce our dependence on
suppliers, we continue to seek additional sources of integrated circuit chips to help reduce the
potential for manufacturing and shipping delays. In addition, we have included flash
microcontroller technology in some of our products. Flash microcontrollers can have shorter lead
times than standard microcontrollers and may be reprogrammed if necessary, thus potentially
reducing excess or obsolete inventory exposure.
Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
We own a number of United States and foreign patents related to our products and technology, and
have filed domestic and foreign applications for other patents that are pending. We had a total of
156 issued and pending patents at the end of 2005, an increase from 137 at the end of 2004. The
remaining life of
7
our patents range from approximately one to eighteen years. We have also obtained copyright
registration and claim copyright protection for certain of our proprietary software and libraries
of IR codes. Additionally, the names of most of our products are registered or are being registered
as trademarks in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in most of the other countries
in which such products are sold. These registrations are valid for a variety of terms ranging up to
20 years and may be renewed as long as the trademarks continue to be used and are deemed by
management to be important to our operations. While we follow the practice of obtaining patent,
copyright and trademark registrations on new developments whenever advisable, in certain cases, we
have elected common law trade secret protection in lieu of obtaining such protection.
Seasonality
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter. This
pattern is expected to continue and the impact will fluctuate as the sales mix varies between the
consumer and business categories.
See
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATANotes to
the Consolidated Financial StatementsNote 22 for further details
regarding our quarterly results.
Competition
Our principal competitors in the international retail and private label markets for our wireless
controls include Philips, Thomson, and Sony as well as various manufacturers of wireless controls
in Asia. Our primary competitors in the OEM market are the original equipment manufacturers
themselves and wireless control manufacturers in Asia. The
SimpleDevices SimpleWare product lines
compete in part with those of Mediabolic, Digital 5, and Bridgeco.
SimpleDevices SimpleCenter
products compete with Microsoft, Real Networks, Apple and Musicmatch among others. In the
subscription broadcasting business line, we compete with various distributors in the United States
and several of the larger set-top manufacturers, including Motorola and Scientific-Atlanta. The
NevoSL® product, which was released in the second quarter of 2005, competes in the custom
electronics installation market against Crestron, AMX, RTI, Universal Remote Control, Philips,
Logitec, and many others. We compete in our markets on the basis of product quality, product
features, price, intellectual property, and customer and consumer support. We believe that we will
need to continue to introduce new and innovative products to remain competitive and to recruit and
retain competent personnel to successfully accomplish our future objectives. Certain of our
competitors have significantly larger financial, technical, marketing and manufacturing resources
than we do, and there can be no assurance that we will remain competitive in the future.
Engineering, Research and Development
During 2005, our engineering efforts focused on modifying existing products and technologies to
improve features, to lower costs, and to develop measures to protect our proprietary technology and
general know-how. In addition, we continue to regularly update our library of IR codes to include
IR codes for new features and devices introduced worldwide. We also continue to explore ways to
improve our software to pre-program more codes into our memory chips and to simplify the upgrading
of our wireless control products.
Also during 2005, our product development efforts focused on new and innovative wireless control
and interface solutions resulting in the launch of new retail SKUs based on the Kameleon® interface
technology. We also broadened our product portfolio with solutions that address emerging technology
sectors like home media distribution and home automation. These advanced technology development
efforts focused on both industry-based standards as well as specific universal extensions that
maximize the end user experience utilizing a set of heterogeneous protocols and technologies that
exist in the modern home today. This environment is driving the need for simplification of these
new protocols and devices, since they were originally engineered and targeted towards the
enterprise customer. We created
8
the Nevo® product offerings to simplify and manage the end users experience interacting with
devices in the home devices that may be used for a decade or more, including traditional IR based
devices, and the more complex TCP/IP consumer electronic devices utilizing both open and
proprietary protocols.
We also developed technologies aimed at unifying traditional technologies that are encountered
within a home, and emerging technologies. This allows consumers to deploy our solutions ranging
from a simple IR based audio-visual stack to a modern digital media management experience allowing
access to digital content such as music, pictures and videos.
SimpleDevices development was focused on the discovery of new, technologically advanced knowledge
and more complete solutions to customer needs, the conceptual formulation and design of possible
alternatives, as well as the testing of process and product cost improvements. If successful, these
efforts will enable SimpleDevices to provide customers with reductions in design cycle times, lower
costs, and improvements in integrated circuit design, product quality and overall functional
performance. Additionally, these efforts will enable SimpleDevices to further penetrate existing
markets, pursue new markets effectively and expand the business.
Our personnel are involved with various industry organizations and bodies, which are in the process
of setting standards for infrared, radio frequency, power line, telephone and cable communications
and networking in the home. There can be no assurance that any of our research and development
projects will be successfully completed.
Our expenditures on engineering, research and development by reportable segments were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions): |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003* |
|
|
|
Core |
|
|
SDI |
|
|
Core |
|
|
SDI |
|
|
Core |
|
|
SDI |
|
Research and Development |
|
$ |
6.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.4 |
|
|
$ |
5.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
4.7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Engineering |
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Engineering, Research and Development |
|
$ |
9.6 |
|
|
$ |
2.1 |
|
|
$ |
8.6 |
|
|
$ |
0.6 |
|
|
$ |
6.4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* SimpleDevices was acquired on October 1, 2004, and therefore any engineering, research and
development performed during 2003 are not reflected in the table above.
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing
chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of
chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics
products. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal
sanctions, third-party damage or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable
under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also
face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and
future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including the
restrictions on lead, cadmium and certain other substances that will apply to specified electronics
products put on the market in the European Union as of July 1, 2006 (Restriction of Hazardous
Substances Directive) and the restrictions to be imposed by similar legislation currently proposed
in China.
We also could face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back
legislation. The European Union (the EU) has enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers,
financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and
future covered products. The deadline for the individual member states of the EU to enact the
directive in their respective countries was August 13, 2004 (such legislation, together with the
directive, the WEEE Legislation), although extensions were granted in some countries. Producers
participating in the market became financially responsible for implementing their responsibilities
under the WEEE Legislation beginning in August 2005.
9
Implementation in certain EU member states may be delayed into 2006. Similar legislation has been
or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China,
and Japan.
We continue to work closely with our contract manufacturing base to move these manufacturers toward
becoming Sony Green Partners and we already work with several certified Green Partners. Our goal is
to provide a choice of three options to our customers: Sony Green compliant, Restriction of
Hazardous Substances Directive compliant, and Non-Green. All Green production processes will be
segregated physically from standard production processes to eliminate the possibility of
contamination.
We believe we have materially complied with all currently existing international and domestic
federal, state and local statutes and regulations regarding environmental standards and
occupational safety and health matters to which we are subject. During the years ended December
31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the amounts incurred in complying with federal, state and local statutes
and regulations pertaining to environmental standards and occupational safety and health laws and
regulations did not materially affect our earnings or financial condition. However, future events,
such as changes in existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, may give rise to
additional compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect upon our capital
expenditures, earnings or financial condition.
Employees
At December 31, 2005, we employed 329 employees, of whom 109 work in engineering and research and
development, 57 in sales and marketing, 66 in consumer service and support, 35 in operations and
warehousing and 62 are executive and administrative staff. None of our employees are subject to a
collective bargaining agreement or represented by a union. We consider our employee relations to be
good.
International Operations
Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2004 and 2003 is included in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 18.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.uei.com. We make available free of charge through the website our
annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and
any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such
reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports can be found on our website
under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page. Investors can also obtain copies of our SEC
filings from the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Forward Looking Statements
We caution that the following important factors, among others (including but not limited to factors
discussed below in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, as well as those factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in
our other reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission), could
affect our actual results and could contribute to or cause our actual consolidated results to
differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. The factors
included here are not exhaustive. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date
on which such statement is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking
statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not
possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such
factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or
10
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements. Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a
prediction of actual future results.
While we believe that the forward looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable
assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties, including the failure of our markets to continue growing and expanding in the manner
we anticipated; the failure of our customers to grow and expand as we anticipated; the effects of
natural or other events beyond our control, including the effect a war or terrorist activities may
have on us or the economy; the economic environments effect on us and our customers; the
growth of, acceptance of and the demand for our products and technologies in various markets and
geographical regions, including cable, satellite, consumer electronics, retail, digital
media/technology, CEDIA, interactive TV, automotive, and cellular industries not materializing or
growing as we believed; our inability to add profitable complementary products which are accepted
by the marketplace; our inability to continue to maintain our operating costs at acceptable levels
through our cost containment efforts; our inability to realize tax benefits from various tax
projects initiated from time to time; our inability to maintain the strength of our balance sheet;
our inability to continue selling our products or licensing our technologies at higher or
profitable margins; our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with new and
existing customers; the possible dilutive effect our stock option program may have on our earnings
per share and stock price; our inability to continue to obtain adequate quantities of component
parts or secure adequate factory production capacity on a timely basis; and other factors listed
from time to time in our press releases and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Dependence upon Key Suppliers
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. However, we have
elected to purchase integrated circuits, used principally in our wireless control products, from
two main sources, Freescale and Samsung.
In addition, during 2005, one source, Computime, provided over ten percent (10%) of our component
and finished product inventory purchases. Purchases from this significant supplier amounted to
$35.5 million, or 33.9%, of total inventory purchases during 2005. Purchases with the same
significant supplier amounted to $25.5 million, or 28.2%, of total inventory purchases in 2004.
We have identified alternative sources of supply for these integrated circuits, components, and
finished goods, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these
inventory purchases on a timely basis. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated chips,
which could be used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply
interruptions. An extended interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the
components used in our products, or a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant
increase in prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and cash flows.
Dependence on Foreign Manufacturing
Third-party manufacturers located in foreign countries manufacture a majority of our products. Our
arrangements with our foreign manufacturers are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, such
as import duties, trade restrictions, work stoppages, political instability, foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations, and other factors, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and cash flows. We believe that the loss of any one or more of our
manufacturers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and cash flows, because numerous other manufacturers are available to fulfill our
requirements; however, the loss of any of our major manufacturers could adversely affect our
business until alternative manufacturing arrangements are secured.
Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year and the largest proportion of sales occurring in the last quarter.
Factors such as quarterly
11
variations in financial results could have a material adverse affect on the volatility and market
price of our common stock.
We may from time to time increase our operating expenses to fund greater levels of research and
development, sales and marketing activities, development of new distribution channels, improvements
in our operational and financial systems and development of our customer support capabilities, and
to support our efforts to comply with various government regulations. To the extent such expenses
precede or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, our business, operating results,
financial condition and cash flows will be adversely affected.
In addition, we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that
may be caused by many other factors, including demand for our products, introduction or enhancement
of products by us and our competitors, the loss or acquisition of any significant customers, market
acceptance of new products, price reductions by us or our competitors, mix of distribution channels
through which our products are sold, level of product returns, mix of customers and products sold,
component pricing, mix of international and domestic revenues, foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations and general economic conditions. In addition, as a strategic response to changes in
the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain pricing or marketing decisions
or acquisitions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or
financial condition. As a result, we believe period-to-period comparisons of our results of
operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future
performance.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is likely that in some future quarters our operating
results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this happens the
price of our common stock will likely be materially adversely affected.
Dependence on Consumer Preference
We are susceptible to fluctuations in our business based upon consumer demand for our products. In
addition, we cannot guarantee that increases in demand for our products associated with increases
in the deployment of new technology will continue. We believe that our success depends on our
ability to anticipate, gauge and respond to fluctuations in consumer preferences. However, it is
impossible to predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of fluctuations in consumer
demand over a products life cycle. Moreover, we caution that any growth in revenues that we achieve
may be transitory and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Demand for Consumer Service and Support
We have continually provided domestic and international consumer service and support to our
customers to add overall value and to help differentiate us from our competitors. We continually
review our service and support group and are marketing our expertise in this area to other
potential customers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract new customers in the
future.
In addition, Our Kameleon® and Nevo® line of products have more features and are more complex than
our older products and therefore may require more end-user technical support. For our Nevo® product
line, we currently rely, and intend to continue to rely, on the distributor or dealers to provide
first line technical support to the end-users. However, we provide the second level of technical
support for bug fixes and other issues at no additional charge. Therefore, as the mix of our
products includes Nevo® and other more complex product lines, support costs could increase, which
would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Dependence Upon Timely Product Introduction
Our ability to remain competitive in the wireless control and audio/video accessory products market
will depend considerably upon our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, as
well as developing and introducing these products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective
basis. There can be no assurance that we will be successful at developing and marketing new
products or enhancing our existing products, or that these new or enhanced products will achieve
consumer acceptance and, if achieved, will sustain that acceptance. In addition, there can be no
assurance that products developed by
12
others will not render our products non-competitive or obsolete or that we will be able to obtain
or maintain the rights to use proprietary technologies developed by others which are incorporated
in our products. Any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments and
customer requirements, or any significant delays in product development or introduction, could have
a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, the introduction of new products may require significant expenditures for research and
development, tooling, manufacturing processes, inventory and marketing. In order to achieve high
volume production of any new product, we may have to make substantial investments in inventory and
expand our production capabilities.
Dependence on Major Customers
The economic strength and weakness of our worldwide customers affect our performance. We sell our
wireless control products, audio/video accessory products, and proprietary technologies to private
label customers, original equipment manufacturers, and companies involved in the subscription
broadcasting industry. We also supply our products to our wholly owned, non-U.S. subsidiaries and
to independent foreign distributors, who in turn distribute our products worldwide, with Europe,
Asia, South Africa, Australia, and Argentina currently representing our principal foreign markets.
During the
years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we had sales to one customer, Comcast, that
amounted to more than 10% of our net sales for the respective periods. In addition, for the same
periods, we had sales to DirecTV and its sub-contractors, that when combined, exceeded 10% of net
sales. The future loss of these customers or any key customer, either in
the United States or abroad, due to their financial weakness, bankruptcy, or our inability to
maintain order volume with these customers, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
SimpleDevices Inc.
On October 1, 2004, we acquired SimpleDevices Inc. for approximately $12.8 million in cash
including direct acquisition costs, plus a performance-based payment of our unregistered common
stock to be paid in the future, if certain financial objectives are achieved. SimpleDevices, based
in San Mateo, California, develops software and firmware solutions that can enable devices such as
TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems and other consumer electronic products to
wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver digital
entertainment and information. The success of SimpleDevices will depend upon a variety of factors
including, (i) our ability to bring SimpleDevices products to market in a timely and cost
effective manner; (ii) the market accepting SimpleDevices products and technology to the extent
anticipated by us; (iii) our ability to integrate SimpleDevices products and business into our own
product offerings and business in a cost effective manner; and (iv) our ability to control the
overall costs associated with SimpleDevices in the manner we anticipate. The failure of any of
these items could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
We may enter into contracts to perform customization of our software on behalf of a customer, where
the agreements terms allow an initial trial period, after which the customer has the option to
purchase a license for the finished product at a contracted rate (also known as a try and buy
agreement). There can be no assurance that these products will achieve customer acceptance. In
addition, management may enter into contracts to provide a software product to a reseller for a
nominal licensing fee, while making an optional premium upgrade available to the end user for an
additional charge. It is impossible to predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of
fluctuations in consumer demand for these premium upgrades over a products life cycle.
Internal Investments
During 2004 we hired a small number of personnel to develop and market additional products that are
part of the Nevo® platform as well as products that are based on the Zigbee, Zensys and other radio
frequency technology. Even after these hires, we continue to use outside resources to assist us in
the development of these products. While we believe that such outside services should continue to
be
13
available to us, in the event that such outside services cease being available, the development of
these products could be substantially delayed.
Competition
The wireless control industry is characterized by intense competition based primarily on product
availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs,
quality, and depth of product lines. Our competition is fragmented across our products, and,
accordingly, we do not compete with any one company across all product lines. We compete with a
variety of entities, some of which have greater financial and other resources. Our ability to
remain competitive in this industry depends in part on our ability to successfully identify new
product opportunities, develop and introduce new products and enhancements on a timely and cost
effective basis, as well as our ability to successfully identify and enter into strategic alliances
with entities doing business within the industries we serve. There can be no assurance that our
product offerings will be, and/or remain, competitive or that strategic alliances, if any, will
achieve the type, extent, and amount of success or business that we expect them to achieve in
that sales of our products and technology may not occur or grow in the manner expected by us, and
thus we may not recoup costs incurred in the research and development of these products as quickly
as we expect or at all.
Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
The procedures by which we identify, document and file for patent, trademark, and copyright
protection are based solely on engineering and management judgment, with no assurance that a
specific filing will be issued, or if issued, will deliver any lasting value to us. Because of the
rapid innovation of products and technologies that is characteristic of our industry, there is no
assurance that rights granted under any patent will provide competitive advantages to us or will be
adequate to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain countries
in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not offer protection on such products
and associated intellectual property to the same extent that the U.S. legal system may offer.
In our opinion, our intellectual property holdings as well as our engineering, production, and
marketing skills and the experience of our personnel are of equal importance to our market
position. We further believe that none of our businesses are materially dependent upon any single
patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret.
Some of our products include or use technology and/or components of third parties. While it may be
necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of such products, we
believe that, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally could be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms; however, there is no guarantee that such licenses could
be obtained on such terms or at all. Because of technological changes in the wireless and home
control industry, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents,
it is possible certain components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe
upon the patents of others.
Potential for Litigation
As is typical in our industry and for the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, from
time to time various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced by third parties
against us or by us against third parties, arising from or related to product liability,
infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights, breach of warranty, contractual
relations or employee relations. The amounts claimed may be substantial, but they may not bear any
reasonable relationship to the merits of the claims or the extent of any real risk of court awards
assessed against us or in our favor.
Risks of Conducting Business Internationally
The risks of doing business internationally could adversely affect our sales, operations, earnings
and cash flows due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
changes in a countrys or regions economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, interest rate
fluctuations and actual or anticipated military conflicts;
|
14
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting sales, particularly in the Euro and British Pound, which contribute to variations in sales
of products and services in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting costs, particularly the Euro, British Pound and the Chinese Yuan, which contribute to
variances in costs in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
|
longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers; |
|
|
|
trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of products; |
|
|
|
local labor conditions, customs, and regulations; |
|
|
|
changes in the regulatory or legal environment; |
|
|
|
differing technology standards or customer requirements; |
|
|
|
import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements relating to making foreign direct investments,
which could affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for components or lead to penalties or restrictions; |
|
|
|
difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and changes in tax laws; |
|
|
|
fluctuations in freight costs and disruptions at important geographic points of exit and entry; and |
|
|
|
natural and medical disasters. |
General Economic Conditions
General economic conditions, both domestic and international, have an impact on our business and
financial results. The global economy remains uncertain. As a result, individuals and companies may
delay or reduce expenditures. Weak global economic conditions and/or softness in the consumer,
subscription broadcasting, and/or OEM channels could result in lower demand for our products,
resulting in lower sales, earnings and cash flows.
Environmental Matters
Every year we learn of changes in the laws and regulations regarding our environment. With the
recent passage of the European Unions Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, and the
restrictions to be imposed by similar legislation currently proposed in China, and the European
Unions Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, we could face significant costs and
liabilities in complying with these and new laws and regulations or enforcement policies that could
have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or financial condition.
Terrorism and Acts of War
Terrorism and acts of war (wherever occurring throughout the world) may cause damage or disruption
to us, our employees, facilities, partners, suppliers, distributors, resellers or customers, which
could significantly impact our revenues, expenses and financial condition. We are predominately
uninsured for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist acts and acts of war.
Leased Property
We lease all of the properties used in our business. We can give no assurance that we will enter
into new or renewal leases, or that, if entered into, the new lease terms will be similar to the
existing terms or that the terms of any such new or renewal leases will not have a significant and
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
15
Technology changes in wireless control
We currently derive substantial revenue from the sale of wireless remote controls based on infrared
(IR) technology. Other control technologies exist or could be developed that could compete with
IR. In addition, we develop and maintain our own database of IR and RF codes. There are several
competing IR and RF libraries offered by companies that we compete with in the marketplace. The
advantage that we may have compared to our competitors is difficult to measure. If other wireless
control technology gains acceptance and starts to be integrated into home electronics devices
currently controlled through our IR remote controllers, demand for our products may decrease,
resulting in decreased revenue, earnings and cash flow.
Failure to Recruit, Hire, and Retain Key Personnel Would Harm Our Ability to Grow and Meet Key
Objectives.
Our ability to achieve growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success at recruiting,
hiring, and retaining highly skilled engineering, managerial, sales, and marketing personnel. In
addition, our corporate office, including our advance technology engineering group, is based in
Southern California. The high cost of living in Southern California makes it difficult to attract
talent from outside the region and may also put pressure on overall employment related expense. The
inability to recruit, hire, and retain qualified personnel in a timely manner, or the loss of any
key personnel, could make it difficult to meet key objectives, such as timely and effective product
introductions.
Credit Facility
Our current credit facility is set to expire in September 2006 and we are in discussions with our
bank to extend this facility. Presently, we have no borrowings under this facility; however, we
cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility or that this
facility will be extended and thus available to us in the event we need to borrow. If this or any
credit facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our
cash reserves which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, cash flow and financial
position.
Change in Competition and Pricing
We rely on third-party manufacturers to build our universal wireless control products, based on our
extensive IR code library and patented technology. Price is always an issue in winning and
retaining business. If customers become increasingly price sensitive, new competition could arise
from manufacturers who decide to go into direct competition with us or from current competitors who
perform their own manufacturing. If such a trend develops, we could experience downward pressure on
our pricing or lose sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition
and results of operations.
Transportation Costs; Impact of Oil Prices
We ship products from our foreign manufacturers via ocean and air transport. It is sometimes
difficult to forecast swings in demand and, as a result, products may be shipped via air which is
more costly than ocean shipments. Often, we cannot recover the increased cost of airfreight from
our customers. The inability to predict swings in demand can increase the cost of freight which
could have a material adverse effect on our product margins.
In addition, we have an exposure to oil prices in two forms. The first is in the prices of the
oil-based materials that we use in our products, which are primarily the plastics and other
components that we include in our finished products. The second is in the cost of delivery and
freight, which would be passed on by the carriers that we use in the form of higher rates. We
record freight-in as a cost of sales, and freight-out in operating expenses. Rising oil prices may
have an adverse effect on cost of sales and operating expenses.
Our Proprietary Technologies May Include Design or Performance Defects and May Not Achieve
Their Intended Results
We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including hardware,
firmware, and software. Firmware and software may contain bugs that can unexpectedly interfere with
16
operations. There can be no assurance that our testing programs will detect all defects in
individual products or defects that could affect numerous shipments. The presence of defects may
harm customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or increase returns. An inability to cure
or repair a product defect could result in the failure of a product line, temporary or permanent
withdrawal from a product or market, damage to our reputation, increased inventory costs, or
product reengineering expenses, any of which could have a material impact on our revenues, margins
and net income.
Acquisitions
We may, from time to time, pursue the acquisition of businesses, products or technologies that
complement or expand our existing operations, including those that could be material in size and
scope. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the diversion of managements attention away from
day-to-day operations. There is also the risk that we will not be able to successfully assimilate
the operations, personnel, customer base, products or technologies of an acquired business. Such
acquisitions could also have adverse short-term effects on our operating results, and could result
in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, and the loss of key employees.
In addition, business acquisitions must be accounted for as purchases and, because most
technology-related acquisitions involve the purchase of significant intangible assets, these
acquisitions typically result in substantial amortization charges and charges for acquired research
and development projects, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
There can be no assurance that any such acquisitions will occur or, if such acquisitions do occur,
that the acquired businesses, customer bases, products or technologies will generate sufficient
revenue to offset the associated costs or effects.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We have no unresolved staff comments as of the date of filing this Form 10-K.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters is located in Cypress, California. We utilize the following office and
warehouse facilities:
Core Business Reportable Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square |
|
|
Location |
|
Purpose or Use |
|
Feet |
|
Status |
Cypress, California
|
|
Corporate headquarters, warehouse,
engineering, research and development
|
|
|
30,768 |
|
|
Leased, expires
January 31, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twinsburg, Ohio
|
|
Consumer and customer call center
|
|
|
8,509 |
|
|
Leased, expires
July 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enschede, Netherlands
|
|
International headquarters and call center
|
|
|
18,292 |
|
|
Leased, expires
August 31, 2008 |
SimpleDevices Reportable Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square |
|
|
Location |
|
Purpose or Use |
|
Feet |
|
Status |
San Mateo, California
|
|
SimpleDevices headquarters, engineering,
research and development
|
|
|
9,000 |
|
|
Leased, expires
July 31, 2008 |
In addition to the facilities listed above, we lease space in various international locations,
primarily for use as sales offices. See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 13 for additional information regarding our
obligations under leases.
17
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former
distributor of the subsidiarys products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor
filed a counterclaim against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for
administrative and other services rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005,
the parties agreed to include claims between the distributor and two of our other subsidiaries,
namely, Universal Electronics BV (UEBV), One For All Iberia SL, such that the proceeding covers
all claims and counterclaims between the various parties and further agreed that before any
judgments are to be paid, all matters of conflict between the various parties would be concluded.
These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages resulting from the wrongful
termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in one of the litigation matters
brought by the distributor against one of the subsidiaries, rendered judgment against the
subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately
$102,000. The subsidiary has appealed this decision and asked the court to stay the execution of
the judgment as it is part of the overall litigation matters between the various parties. In
February 2006, the court denied our subsidiarys request and it filed an appeal seeking to stay
this judgment. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of
2005 and is recorded as a liability as of December 31, 2005. With respect to the remaining matters
before the court, the parties met with the court appointed expert in February 2006, and we expect
the expert to finalize and file his pre-trial report to the court during the quarter ending June
30, 2006. We will continue to seek a settlement of all of these matters, but if settlement is not
possible, each of the subsidiaries will continue to disagree with the allegations of the former
distributor and will vigorously defended itself against the counterclaims.
In 2003, an ex-employee of one of our subsidiaries brought an action against our subsidiary seeking
damages in the amount of approximately $191,000 for wrongful termination. The subsidiary disagreed
with these allegations and vigorously defended itself against this claim. In January 2005, judgment
was rendered for the ex-employee awarding him approximately $26,000 in damages. In March 2005, our
subsidiary paid this judgment. In February 2005, the ex-employee filed a notice of appeal, which
has been scheduled for hearing in late 2006. It is our intention to seek a settlement of this
matter with the ex-employee. If a settlement is not possible, our subsidiary will again vigorously
defend itself.
On January 7, 2004, James D. Lyon, Trustee for the bankruptcy estate of Computrex, Inc. (Trustee)
filed an action against us alleging that we received preferential treatment in connection with
certain payments amounting to $528,000 made on our behalf by Computrex to our freight carriers. In
addition to seeking a return of the alleged preferential payments, the Trustee has asked for costs,
and pre- and post-judgment interest. We have not yet answered this complaint and will not need to
do so as this action is currently in abeyance while the Trustee appeals an adverse ruling against
it in another matter having facts similar to those in the Trustees action against us. In April
2005, an appellate court affirmed the ruling against the Trustee in this other matter. If and when
we answer, we intend to deny all of the material allegations made against us and defend this matter
vigorously and we will continue to pursue the proof of claim we filed
in May 2002 in the amount of $106,000 with the
Bankruptcy Court against the bankruptcy estate of Computrex seeking a return of freight charges
paid to Computrex for which it failed to remit to our freight carriers.
There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to
the ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which
our respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in
any of the pending matters have merit and, except for the employment matter of which we intend to
seek settlement, we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them. As of December 31, 2004,
because incurring a loss relating to the employment matter was both probable and estimable, a loss
contingency of $191,000 was recorded and still remains on the books at December 31, 2005.
We maintain directors and officers liability insurance which insures our individual directors and
officers against certain claims such as those alleged in the above lawsuits, as well as attorneys
fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims.
18
No Tax Shelter Penalty
No tax shelter penalty was assessed against us or any of our subsidiaries by the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS), in fiscal year 2005 or at any other time, in connection with any transaction
deemed by the IRS to be abusive or to have a tax avoidance purpose.
ITEM
4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.
Executive Officers of the Registrant*
The
following table sets forth certain information concerning our
executive officers as of March 16, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
|
Position |
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
43 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
Robert P. Lilleness |
|
|
39 |
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer |
Paul J.M. Bennett |
|
|
50 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Europe |
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr. |
|
|
48 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
|
|
|
* |
|
Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. |
Paul D. Arling is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He joined us in May 1996 as Chief
Financial Officer and was named to our Board of Directors in August of 1996. He was appointed
President and COO in September 1998, was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in October of 2000 and
appointed as Chairman in July 2001. At the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Mr. Arling was
re-elected as Chairman of the Company to serve until the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. From
1993 through May 1996, he served in various capacities at LESCO, Inc. (a manufacturer and
distributor of professional turf care products). Prior to LESCO, he worked for Imperial Wall
coverings (a manufacturer and distributor of wall covering products) as Director of Planning, and
The Michael Allen Company (a strategic management consulting company) where he was employed as a
management consultant. He obtained a BS degree from the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from
the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
Robert P. Lilleness joined us as President and Chief Operating Officer in May 2001. Prior to
joining us, he served as Vice President of Product Management and Marketing at Trilogy Software
Inc. from June 1998 to May 2001 (a privately held company that develops and markets e-business
software). Before Trilogy, he worked for Microsoft Corporation (NASDAQ: MSFT) from February 1993 to
May 1998, in a number of marketing, management, and operational roles for networking and server
products, including Windows NT Server and the Microsoft Back Office. Prior to working for
Microsoft, he served as an auditor for Ernst and Young in Zurich, Switzerland. He received his
undergraduate degree from the University of Puget Sound and holds an MBA from Harvard University.
Paul J.M. Bennett has been our Managing Director and a Senior Vice President, Managing Director,
Europe since July 1996. Prior to joining us, he held various positions at Philips Consumer
Electronics over a seven year period, first as Product Marketing Manager for the Accessories
Product Group, initially set up to support Philips Audio division, and then as head of that
division. He was educated at Terenure College and the College of Commerce in Dublin and completed
his studies at University College, where he gained a Bachelor of Commerce Degree.
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Esq. has been our Senior Vice President since February 1999. He has
been our Companys General Counsel since October 1993 and Secretary since February 1994. He was our
Vice President from May 1997 until August 1998. He was outside counsel to us from September 1998
until being rehired in February 1999. From November 1992 to September 1993, he was associated with
the Chicago, Illinois law firm, Shefsky & Froelich, Ltd. From 1987 to 1992, he was with the law
firm, Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz in Chicago, Illinois. He is admitted to the Bars in the State of
Illinois and the State of Ohio. He is also a certified public accountant. He received a BS degree
from Indiana University and a JD degree from Whittier College School of Law.
19
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol UEIC. The closing
price of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market
on March 13, 2006 was $17.72.
Our stockholders of record on March 13, 2006 numbered
approximately 87. We have never paid cash dividends on our
common stock, nor do we intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable
future. We intend to retain our earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our
business. In addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility limit our ability to pay cash
dividends on our common stock. See ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Liquidity and Capital Resources and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 7.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low reported sale prices
for our common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ National Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
18.54 |
|
|
$ |
16.31 |
|
|
$ |
13.33 |
|
|
$ |
12.26 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
17.76 |
|
|
|
15.35 |
|
|
|
17.94 |
|
|
|
12.60 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
18.58 |
|
|
|
16.11 |
|
|
|
18.80 |
|
|
|
14.57 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
18.69 |
|
|
|
16.07 |
|
|
|
19.43 |
|
|
|
16.60 |
|
Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our total stock repurchases, average
price paid per share, and the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under our plans or
programs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Shares that May |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of |
|
|
Yet Be |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly |
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Announced |
|
|
Under the |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price Paid |
|
|
Plans |
|
|
Plans or |
|
Period |
|
Purchased |
|
|
per Share |
|
|
or Programs |
|
|
Programs |
|
1/1/05 - 1/31/05 |
|
|
99,654 |
|
|
$ |
17.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
859,612 |
|
2/1/05 - 2/29/05 |
|
|
6,631 |
|
|
|
16.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
852,981 |
|
3/1/05 - 3/31/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
852,981 |
|
4/1/05 - 4/30/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
852,981 |
|
5/1/05 - 5/31/05 |
|
|
171,701 |
|
|
|
16.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
681,280 |
|
6/1/05 - 6/30/05 |
|
|
78,299 |
|
|
|
17.34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
7/1/05 - 7/31/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
8/1/05 - 8/31/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
9/1/05 - 9/30/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
10/1/05 - 10/31/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
11/1/05 - 11/30/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
12/1/05 - 12/31/05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602,981 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
356,285 |
|
|
$ |
17.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2003 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1.5
million shares of outstanding common stock under an ongoing systematic program to manage the
dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and also to return cash to
stockholders. This program authorizes repurchases in the open market. We repurchased 356,285 shares
during the year ended December 31, 2005. We did not repurchase any shares during the fourth quarter
of 2005.
Information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and
plans not approved by stockholders, is set forth below in response to Part II, Item 12, Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, under the
caption Equity Compensation Plan Information.
20
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations, and
should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto
included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, which are
incorporated herein by reference, in order to understand further the factors that may affect the
comparability of the financial data presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2001 |
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
|
$ |
158,380 |
|
|
$ |
120,468 |
|
|
$ |
103,891 |
|
|
$ |
119,030 |
|
Operating income |
|
$ |
11,677 |
|
|
$ |
13,540 |
|
|
$ |
8,573 |
|
|
$ |
6,981 |
|
|
$ |
16,009 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
|
$ |
5,939 |
|
|
$ |
11,286 |
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
$ |
0.82 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
0.78 |
|
Shares used in calculating
earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,462 |
|
|
|
13,567 |
|
|
|
13,703 |
|
|
|
13,790 |
|
|
|
13,844 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
13,992 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
|
|
14,007 |
|
|
|
14,163 |
|
|
|
14,523 |
|
Gross margin |
|
|
37.0 |
% |
|
|
38.9 |
% |
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
40.1 |
% |
|
|
41.2 |
% |
Operating margin |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
|
|
8.6 |
% |
|
|
7.1 |
% |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
|
13.4 |
% |
Selling, general,
administrative, research and
development expenses as a %
of net sales |
|
|
30.6 |
% |
|
|
30.3 |
% |
|
|
31.3 |
% |
|
|
33.4 |
% |
|
|
27.8 |
% |
Net income as a % of net sales |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
9.5 |
% |
Return on average assets |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
6.1 |
% |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
Working capital |
|
$ |
77,201 |
|
|
$ |
75,081 |
|
|
$ |
82,191 |
|
|
$ |
71,457 |
|
|
$ |
67,422 |
|
Ratio of current assets to
current liabilities |
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
|
$ |
140,400 |
|
|
$ |
126,167 |
|
|
$ |
100,016 |
|
|
$ |
94,705 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
|
$ |
42,472 |
|
|
$ |
58,481 |
|
|
$ |
18,064 |
|
|
$ |
14,170 |
|
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,500 |
|
|
$ |
20,100 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
41 |
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
$ |
103,292 |
|
|
$ |
103,881 |
|
|
$ |
95,171 |
|
|
$ |
83,237 |
|
|
$ |
79,702 |
|
Book value per share (a) |
|
$ |
7.63 |
|
|
$ |
7.66 |
|
|
$ |
6.89 |
|
|
$ |
6.17 |
|
|
$ |
5.78 |
|
Ratio of liabilities to
liabilities and stockholders
equity |
|
|
29.4 |
% |
|
|
26.0 |
% |
|
|
24.6 |
% |
|
|
16.8 |
% |
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Book value per share is defined as stockholders equity divided by common shares issued, less
treasury stock. |
A factor that affected the comparability of information between 2002 and 2001 was our
implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142 on January 1, 2002,
which requires that goodwill no longer be amortized. In addition, the comparability of 2005 and
2004 with prior years is affected by the acquisition of SimpleDevices Inc. in the fourth quarter of
2004 (See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements).
21
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
We have developed a broad line of pre-programmed universal wireless control products and
audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our channels of
distribution include international retail, U.S. retail, private label, OEMs, cable and satellite
service providers, CEDIA, and companies in the computing industry. We believe that our universal
remote control database contains device codes that are capable of controlling virtually all
infrared remote (IR) controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD players, audio
components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled devices
worldwide.
Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive library that cover nearly
246,000 individual device functions and over 2,700 individual consumer electronic equipment brand
names. Our library is regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced video and audio
devices. All such IR codes are captured from the original manufacturers remote control devices or
manufacturers specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We have also
developed patented technologies that provide the capability to easily upgrade the memory of the
wireless control device by adding IR codes from the library that were not originally included.
Beginning in 2002, we began selling our Nevo® 1.0 software embedded on our chip. Nevo 2.0® was
launched in July of 2004. Both these products were featured on a series of Hewlett Packard Personal
Digital Assistants (PDA), which reached their end of life during the third quarter of 2005.
Building on this platform, we used some components of the Nevo 2.0® technology in a new product
named NevoSL® which we began to ship in the second quarter of the 2005. NevoSL® is a universal
controller that delivers complete audio, visual and Wi-Fi digital media control for the networked
home.
From October 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004, we acquired over 99% of the outstanding shares of
SimpleDevices, Inc. (SimpleDevices) for approximately $12.8 million in cash, including direct
acquisition costs, plus a performance-based payment of our unregistered common stock to be paid in
the first quarter of 2007 if certain financial objectives are achieved. The performance-based
payment has not been reflected as part of the purchase price as of December 31, 2005, since we
believe that it is not probable that the performance metrics will be met.
The value we received from this acquisition relates primarily to SimpleDevices unique
capabilities, as well as its complete and in-process technology. SimpleDevices has developed
connected-device technology solutions that link the home computer and the Internet to existing
consumer electronic devices in the home and car. The company provides UPnP-compatible software to
transform common home devices into connected devices that is, devices that can find, control
and share entertainment media across a home network. UPnP is an architecture for pervasive
peer-to-peer network connectivity of intelligent appliances, wireless devices, and PCs of all form
factors. It is designed to bring standards-based connectivity to ad-hoc or unmanaged networks
whether in the home, in a small business, public spaces, or attached to the Internet. UPnP is a
distributed, open networking architecture that leverages TCP/IP and the Web technologies to enable
seamless proximity networking in addition to control and data transfer among networked devices in
the home, office, and public spaces.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties,
inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of
long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, and income taxes. Actual results may differ from
the estimates, and these estimates may be adjusted as more information becomes available and any
adjustment could be significant.
22
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and
estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition. We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there
is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. We record a provision for estimated sales returns and
allowances on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These
estimates are based on historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known
factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross
sales to arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. Sales allowances reduce
gross accounts receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same period the related
receivable is recorded. We have no obligations after delivery of our products other than the
associated warranties.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the
delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer
revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered elements are delivered. We limit the
amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the
future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund
privileges.
We account for revenue under software licensing arrangements involving significant production,
modification or customization of software in accordance with SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance
of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue and profit as
work progresses on long-term, fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. When
applying the percentage-of-completion method, we rely on estimates of total expected contract
revenue and labor hours. We follow this method because reasonably dependable estimates of the
revenue and labor applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Recognized revenue and
profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. Revisions to revenue and
profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the
revision become known, and losses are accrued when identified.
Accounts receivable. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting
from the inability of our customers to make their required payments. Specifically, we analyze
historical bad debts, customer credit profiles, current economic trends and changes in customer
payment behavior when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If the
financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their
ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required.
Inventories. Our inventories consist of wireless control devices, including universal remote
controls, wireless keyboards, antennas, and related component parts (including integrated circuits)
and are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out
method. We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers inventory requirements on
a timely basis. New product innovations and technological advances may shorten a given products
life cycle. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and dispose of
any excess or obsolete inventories on hand. We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence
and unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the inventorys cost and its estimated
market value based upon our best estimates about future demand and market conditions. If actual
market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory
write-downs may be required.
Business Combinations. We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the
tangible and intangible assets and the liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and
23
development (IPR&D), based on their estimated fair values. The total purchase price of
SimpleDevices, which was approximately $12.8 million, including direct acquisition costs, has been
allocated to the net assets acquired based on estimated fair values. Such valuations require
management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible
assets. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by us include customer contracts,
developed and core technology and trade names.
Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to:
|
|
|
future free cash flow from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements,
acquired developed technologies and patents; |
|
|
|
|
expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and cash flows from the
products once they are completed; |
|
|
|
|
brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the
brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and |
|
|
|
|
discount rates utilized in discounted cash flow models. |
Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are
inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.
Valuation of long-lived assets and intangible assets. We assess long-lived and intangible assets
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may
not be recoverable. Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review if
significant include the following:
|
|
|
underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the manner of use of the assets; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the strategy of our overall business; |
|
|
|
|
negative industry or economic trends; |
|
|
|
|
a decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and |
|
|
|
|
a variance between our market capitalization relative to net book value. |
When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset or an intangible asset may not be
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment we
perform an impairment review. If the carrying value of the asset is larger than the undiscounted
cash flows, the asset is impaired. We measure an impairment based on the projected discounted cash
flow method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk
inherent in our current business model. In assessing the recoverability, we must make assumptions
regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the
respective assets. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be
required to record impairment charges.
Goodwill. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between
annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances could include,
but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate,
(2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by
assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A
reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred
to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.
24
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which
the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We determine
the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of expected future cash flows for
that reporting unit. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount
of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit
goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting unit
goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and
liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value of a reporting
unit over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of
goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value.
Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we
estimate our income taxes in each of the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. This process
involves estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing any temporary
differences resulting from the different treatment of certain items, such as the timing for
recognizing expenses, for tax and financial reporting purposes. These differences may result in
deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet.
We are required to assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets, which include net operating
loss carryforwards and temporary differences that are expected to be deductible in future years,
will be recoverable from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. If recovery is not
likely, we must provide a valuation allowance based on our estimates of future taxable income in
the various taxing jurisdictions and the amount of deferred taxes that are ultimately realizable.
The provision for tax liabilities involves evaluations and judgments of uncertainties in the
interpretation of complex tax regulations by various taxing authorities. In situations involving
tax related uncertainties, we provide for deferred tax liabilities when we believe such liabilities
are probable. Actual results could differ from our estimates.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for
the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales |
|
|
63.0 |
|
|
|
61.1 |
|
|
|
61.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
37.0 |
|
|
|
38.9 |
|
|
|
38.4 |
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
27.0 |
|
|
|
26.6 |
|
|
|
27.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005 were $181.3 million, an increase of 15% compared to
$158.4 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2005 was $9.7 million or $0.72 per
share
25
(basic) and $0.69 per share (diluted) compared to $9.1 million or $0.67 per share (basic) and $0.65
per share (diluted) for 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
126.2 |
|
|
|
69.6 |
% |
|
$ |
97.6 |
|
|
|
61.6 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
55.1 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
% |
|
|
60.8 |
|
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
181.3 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
158.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 70% of net sales for 2005 compared to 62% for 2004. Net sales in our business lines
for 2005 increased by 29% to $126.2 million from $97.6 million in 2004. This increase in sales
resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control sales, which was partially
offset by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was attributable to the
continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators and market share
gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers. These advanced functions include digital
video recording (DVR), video-on-demand (VOD), and high definition television (HDTV). Royalty
revenue (revenue earned through licensing of intellectual property) recognized in 2005 attributable
to agreements signed in the fourth quarter of 2004 of $1.5 million and the acquisition of
SimpleDevices also contributed to the increase in net sales. The acquisition of SimpleDevices added
net sales of $0.7 million and 1% to the Business category net sales growth. We expect that the deployment
of the advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators will continue into the foreseeable
future as penetration for each of the functions cited continues to increase. As a result, we
expect Business category revenue to range between $150 $160 million in 2006.
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® international retail, private label, custom
installers, and direct import) were approximately 30% of net sales for 2005 compared to 38% for
2004. Net sales in our consumer lines for 2005 decreased by 9% to $55.1 million, from $60.8 million
in 2004. The decrease in sales resulted primarily from a decrease in European retail sales, which
were down 11% to $43.0 million in 2005 from $47.6 million in 2004. This decrease was primarily
attributable to lower volumes in the U.K. market and the weakening of both the Euro and the British
Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar. The impact of the weakening currencies resulted in a decrease in
net sales of approximately $0.6 million. Excluding the negative foreign exchange impact, European
retail sales decreased $4.0 million compared to 2004. Private label sales decreased by 41% to $4.0
million in 2005 from $6.8 million in 2004. This was due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon®
sales. Kameleon® sales declined during 2005 compared to 2004 as a result of fewer new product
introductions. United States direct import licensing and product revenues for 2005 decreased by 21%
to $2.5 million from $3.2 million in 2004 due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon® sales.
Partially offsetting these decreases was our entry into the CEDIA market, in the second quarter of
2005. This added net sales of $2.5 million and 5% to the Consumer category net sales growth as
compared to 2004. We expect Consumer category revenue to range between $55 $65 million in 2006.
Gross profit for 2005 was $67.1 million compared to $61.6 million for 2004. Gross profit as a
percent of sales for 2005 was 37.0% compared to 38.9% for 2004. The decrease in gross profit as a
percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to subscription broadcast sales, which generally
have a lower gross profit rate as compared to our other sales, representing a larger percentage of
our total business. The impact of this change in mix was a 1.8% reduction in the gross profit rate.
Gross profit was also negatively impacted by an additional $1.9 million of freight expense recorded
in 2005 as compared to 2004. A portion of this increase in freight relates to sales volume;
however, the majority of the increase is due to a change in rate. In 2005, there was an increase
in the percentage of units that were shipped by air versus ocean as well as a mix shift towards
subscription broadcast sales. Freight contributed to a 0.8% reduction in the gross profit rate.
Duties increased $0.6 million, as a larger percentage of units were imported. The increase in duty
expense contributed to a 0.3% reduction in the gross profit rate. Gross profit was also negatively
impacted by the weakening of both the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar, which
resulted in a decrease in gross profit of approximately $0.6 million and a reduction of 0.2% in the
26
gross profit rate. All other product costs, which include warranty expense, quality assurance
expense, and component costs, increased $0.7 million and reduced the gross profit rate by 0.4%.
Partially offsetting these decreases in the gross profit rate was a reduction in inventory scrap
expense of $1.1 million. This reduction added 0.9% to the gross profit rate. In addition, royalty
expense declined $0.7 million due to the decline in the volume of Kameleon® sales, which added 0.7%
to the gross profit rate.
Research and development expenses increased 12% from $5.9 million in 2004 to $6.6 million in 2005.
The increase is related to our continued expansion of the Nevo® platform and development efforts
taking place at SimpleDevices. Partially offsetting these increases was a reduction in the
development of audio-video accessories for sale in our retail channel. We expect research and
development expense to remain near current levels for the full year 2006.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 16% from $42.2 million in 2004 to $48.9
million in 2005. Approximately $2.8 million of this increase was attributable to the acquisition of
SimpleDevices, $2.0 million to payroll and benefits, $1.9 million to bad debt expense, which
included a $1.6 million reserve for a receivable due from a former European distributor, $1.2
million to delivery and freight costs caused by the increase in volume, $0.7 million to increased
tax and audit fees, $0.6 million to sales commissions, $0.5 million to travel, $0.3 million to
trade shows, $0.3 million to temporary clerical and warehouse staff, and $0.6 million to all other
selling, general, and administrative costs. These items were partially offset by lower employee
bonus expense, which decreased by $2.8 million, temporary professional staff, which decreased by
$0.9 million, outside legal fees, which decreased by $0.4 million, and employment and recruiting
costs, which decreased $0.3 million. We expect that selling, general, and administrative expenses
will range from $55 to $59 million for the full year 2006.
In 2005, we recorded $0.8 million of interest income compared to $0.7 million for 2004. This
increase is due to higher money market rates. Net interest income will be approximately $1.0
million in 2006.
In 2005, other income, net was $2.2 million as compared to $0.5 million of other expense, net for
2004. Approximately $2.1 million of other income in 2005 resulted from foreign currency transaction
gains reflecting the strengthening of the US Dollar. The results for 2004 included foreign currency
exchange losses of $0.2 million. An additional $0.4 million of other expense in 2004 was the result
of our write-down of an investment in a private company.
We recorded income tax expense of $5.0 million in 2005 compared to $4.6 million in 2004. Our
effective tax rate was 33.9% in 2005, and 33.6% in 2004. We estimate that our effective tax rate
will range between 34.0% and 36.0% for the full year 2006 (see Note 16 to the consolidated
financial statements).
SimpleDevices
SimpleDevices recorded net sales of $1.5 million and a pretax loss of $4.0 million in 2005. Sales
consisted primarily of engineering services related to the development of hardware utilized by
SimpleDevices customers to run the SimplePlatforms software. In addition, SimpleDevices also
generated revenue by customizing its software products to customers specific needs. Sales
attributable to SimpleDevices are included in our Business category when we discuss consolidated
results. The results of SimpleDevices have been included since the date of acquisition and are
described below.
Gross profit was $0.1 million, or 6.4% of sales.
Research and development expenses were $0.4 million, which consisted primarily of internal and
external development efforts related to SimpleDevices core software product.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $3.7 million, which consisted primarily of
engineering payroll and benefits costs as well as outside product development costs.
We anticipate that sales generated as a result of software customization and engineering services
will begin to decline as a percent of total sales as software licensing fees and the associated
maintenance
27
fees begin to increase. We also anticipate that gross profit and gross profit as a percent of net
sales will increase as this shift occurs.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $158.4 million, an increase of 31% compared to
$120.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Net income for 2004 was $9.1 million or $0.67
per share (basic) and $0.65 per share (diluted) compared to $6.3 million or $0.46 per share (basic)
and $0.45 per share (diluted) for 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
97.6 |
|
|
|
61.6 |
% |
|
$ |
69.7 |
|
|
|
57.8 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
60.8 |
|
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
50.8 |
|
|
|
42.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
158.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
120.5 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 62% of net sales for 2004 compared to 58% for 2003. Net sales in our business lines
for 2004 increased by 40% to $97.6 million from $69.7 million in 2003. Net sales to subscription
broadcasting service providers and OEMs for 2004 increased by 40% to $96.6 million from $68.9
million in 2003. The increase in sales resulted from an increase in the volume of remote control
sales, which was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in volume was attributable to the
continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service operators. These advanced
functions include personal video recording (PVR), video-on-demand (VOD), and high definition
(HD) television.
Net sales in our consumer lines (One For All® international retail, private label, and direct
import) accounted for approximately 38% of net sales for 2004 compared to 42% for 2003. Our net
sales for 2004 from our consumer lines were $60.8 million, an increase of 20% from net sales of
$50.8 million in 2003. Of this increase, the One For All® international retail sales for 2004
increased by 39% to $50.8 million from $36.6 million in 2003. About $4.5 million of this increase
was related to favorable foreign exchange rate movements, as both the Euro and British Pound
strengthened compared to the U.S. Dollar. The remaining improvement in international retail sales
was due to an increase in sales of our Sky-branded digital accessories, One For All® remote
controls, and audio-video accessories. Private label sales for 2004 decreased by 27% to $6.8
million from $9.3 million in 2003 due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon® sales. United States
direct import licensing and product revenues for 2004 decreased by 33% to $3.2 million from $4.8
million in 2003 due to a decline in the volume of Kameleon® sales.
Gross profit for 2004 was $61.6 million compared to $46.3 million for 2003. Gross profit as a
percent of sales for 2004 was 38.9% compared to 38.4% for 2003. The increase was primarily
attributable to the strengthening of the Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. Dollar, which
resulted in an increase of approximately $4.1 million profit and added 1.5% to the gross profit
rate. This increase was partially offset by increased inventory write-downs of $0.9 million which
contributed to a 0.5% reduction in the gross profit rate. In addition, the increase in gross profit
rate was partially offset by OEM sales, which generally have a lower gross profit rate, being a
larger percentage of our total business.
Research and development expenses increased 25% from $4.7 million in 2003 to $5.9 million in 2004.
The increase was related to our continued expansion of the Nevo® platform, and the development of
audio-video accessories for sale in our retail channel. In addition, IPR&D of $0.2 million related
to the SimpleDevices acquisition was expensed in the fourth quarter of 2004.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 28% from $33.0 million in 2003 to $42.2
million in 2004. Approximately $2.3 million of this increase was attributable to Sarbanes-Oxley
compliance efforts, $1.7 million to appreciation of the Euro relative to the U.S. Dollar, $1.5
million to increased performance-
28
based employee bonuses, $0.9 million to the acquisition of SimpleDevices, $0.8 million to
freight costs, and $0.7 million to non-Sarbanes-Oxley related professional services costs.
In 2004, we recorded $0.7 million of interest income compared to $0.6 million for 2003. This
increase was due to higher money market rates in Europe, an investment in a certificate of deposit,
and a higher average cash balance.
In 2004, other expense, net was $0.5 million as compared to $0.3 million of other income, net for
2003. Approximately $0.4 million of expense was the result of our write-down of an investment in a
private company, and $0.2 million of expense resulted from foreign currency exchange losses. The
results for 2003 included a foreign currency exchange gain of $0.3 million.
We recorded income tax expense of $4.6 million in 2004 compared to $3.2 million in 2003. Our
estimated effective tax rate was 33.6% in 2004, and 34.0% in 2003.
SimpleDevices, Inc. Transaction
We accounted for the acquisition of SimpleDevices by the purchase method of accounting. As a
result, we allocated the purchase price of the acquisition based on the fair value of the assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed. Significant portions of the SimpleDevices purchase price were
identified as intangible assets. We employed valuation techniques which reflected guidance from the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Series entitled Assets Acquired
in a Business Combination to Be Used in Research and Development Activities: A Focus on Software,
Electronic Devices, and Pharmaceutical Industries on approaches and procedures to be followed in
developing allocations to acquired IPR&D.
The final purchase price allocation included our identification of $240 thousand of IPR&D. This
allocation represented the estimated fair value, based upon risk-adjusted cash flows, of
SimpleDevices IPR&D projects. At the date of acquisition, the development of these projects had
not yet reached technological feasibility and the IPR&D had no alternative future uses.
Accordingly, we expensed these costs as research and development in the quarter ended December 31,
2004. The remaining SimpleDevices purchase premium was allocated to identifiable intangibles, which
are being amortized over various periods ranging from 5 to 10 years, as well as goodwill.
SimpleDevices recorded net sales of $0.8 million and a pretax loss of $0.5 million during the
period between October 1, 2004 (acquisition date) and December 31, 2004. Sales consisted primarily
of engineering services related to the development of hardware utilized by SimpleDevices customers
to run the SimplePlatforms software. In addition, SimpleDevices also generated revenue customizing
their software products to customers specific needs. Sales attributable to SimpleDevices are
included in our Business category when we discuss consolidated results. The results of
SimpleDevices have been included since the date of acquisition and are described below.
Gross profit was $0.3 million, or 39.5% of sales.
Research and development expenses were $0.2 million, which represents the expensing of in-process
technology as a result of the acquisition.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.6 million, which consisted primarily of
engineering payroll and benefits costs.
29
Liquidity and Capital Resources
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
(decrease) |
|
2004 |
|
(decrease) |
|
2003 |
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
14,129 |
|
|
$ |
10,138 |
|
|
$ |
3,991 |
|
|
$ |
(15,254 |
) |
|
$ |
19,245 |
|
Cash (used) provided by investing activities |
|
|
(4,037 |
) |
|
|
12,521 |
|
|
|
(16,558 |
) |
|
|
(35,740 |
) |
|
|
19,182 |
|
Cash (used) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(3,246 |
) |
|
|
1,564 |
|
|
|
(4,810 |
) |
|
|
(7,148 |
) |
|
|
2,338 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes |
|
|
(5,677 |
) |
|
|
(7,045 |
) |
|
|
1,368 |
|
|
|
1,716 |
|
|
|
(348 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
(decrease) |
|
December 31, 2004 |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
|
$ |
1,169 |
|
|
$ |
42,472 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
77,201 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
|
75,081 |
|
Cash provided by operating activities
Our principal sources of funds are from operations. Cash provided by operating activities for 2005
was $14.1 million, compared to $4.0 million and $19.2 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The increase in cash flow from operations in 2005 compared to 2004 is primarily due to lower income
tax payments in 2005, increased cash collections resulting from higher net sales offset partially
by an increase in our days sales outstanding (DSO) and accounts payable & accrued expenses
increasing by a greater amount in 2005 versus 2004.
There were certain operating factors that affected our liquidity during 2005, which we expect will
continue to affect our liquidity in the future. One factor was the extension of payment terms with
two of our major customers from 30 to 60 days and 90 to 120 days, respectively. These payment term
extensions resulted in an increase in our DSO from 67.5 days at December 31, 2004 to 76.4 days at
December 31, 2005. In addition, our liquidity was also affected by a planned increase in our
inventory balance. We increased our inventory balances as a result of our strategy to lower the
amount of products that are air shipped. During 2005, there was increased demand for advanced
function set-top boxes that include features such as DVRs, PVRs and HDTV. This shift drove a
corresponding increase in demand from our subscription broadcast customers for our remote controls
that interact with these advanced set top boxes. Through the first two quarters of 2005, we did
not have enough inventory on hand to meet this demand. As a result, we were forced to air ship a
significant amount of orders to maintain our customer service level. In order to alleviate the
higher costs related to air shipments, we increased our inventory levels. We believe that the cost
savings from shipping via ocean freight versus air will be greater than the additional carrying
cost of the increase in inventory. Our net inventory turns were 4.6 turns at December 31, 2005,
down from 5.3 turns at December 31, 2004.
Cash (used) provided by investing and financing activities
Cash used for investing activities during 2005 was $4.0 million as compared to $16.6 million and
cash provided of $19.2 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in cash used for
investing activities in 2005 compared to 2004 was primarily caused by the purchase of SimpleDevices
in 2004 for $12.8 million.
Capital expenditures in 2005, 2004, and 2003 were $3.1 million, $2.7 million, and $2.5 million,
respectively. Capital expenditures relate primarily to acquiring product tooling each year. We are
currently evaluating our existing and future information system requirements, and may make a
significant investment to upgrade our systems in 2006.
On September 15, 2003, we entered into a three-year $15.0 million unsecured revolving credit
agreement (the Credit Facility) with Comerica Bank (Comerica). This Credit Facility expires in
September 2006, and we are currently involved in negotiations to extend this facility. Under the
Credit Facility with Comerica, the interest payable is variable and is based on the banks cost of
funds or the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2005 using the LIBOR Rate
option
30
plus a fixed margin of 1.25% was 5.64%. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a
maximum of 1/4 of 1% per year on the unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of
cash investment retained with Comerica during each quarter. Under the terms of this Credit
Facility, dividend payments are allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal year net income to be
paid within 90 days of the prior year-end. We are subject to certain financial covenants related to
our net worth, quick ratio, and net income. Amounts available for borrowing under this Credit
Facility are reduced by outstanding import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2005, we had no
amounts outstanding under this credit facility and no outstanding import letters of credit.
Furthermore, as of December 31, 2005, we are in compliance with all financial covenants required by
the Credit Facility.
Cash used for financing activities during 2005 was $3.2 million as compared to $4.8 million and
cash provided of $2.3 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively. Proceeds from stock option
exercises were $2.9 million during 2005, compared to proceeds of $1.9 million and $3.3 million
during 2004 and 2003, respectively. We purchased 356,285 shares of our common stock at a cost of
$6.1 million during 2005, compared to 494,998 and 84,437 shares at a cost of $6.7 and $1.0 million
during 2004 and 2003, respectively. We hold these shares as treasury stock, and they are available
for reissue. Presently, except for using a small number of these treasury shares to compensate our
outside board members, we have no plans to distribute these shares, although we may change these
plans if necessary to fulfill our on-going business objectives. We have authority under the Credit
Facility to acquire up to 1.5 million shares of our common stock in market purchases. Between the
date the Credit Facility was executed and December 31, 2005, we purchased 897,019 shares of our
common stock leaving 602,981 remaining shares authorized for purchase. During 2006 we may continue
to purchase shares of our common stock if we believe conditions are favorable.
Historically, our working capital needs have typically been greatest during the third and fourth
quarters when accounts receivable and inventories increase in connection with the fourth quarter
holiday selling season. At December 31, 2005, we had $77.2 million of working capital as compared
to $75.1 at December 31, 2004. The increase in working capital during these periods is principally
due to higher accounts receivable and inventory balances at December 31, 2005 compared to December
31, 2004.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2005 and the effect
these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
1 - 3 |
|
|
4 - 5 |
|
|
After |
|
Contractual Obligations |
|
Total |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
years |
|
|
5 years |
|
Operating Lease Obligations |
|
$ |
5,118 |
|
|
$ |
1,455 |
|
|
$ |
2,324 |
|
|
$ |
912 |
|
|
$ |
427 |
|
Purchase Obligations |
|
|
1,503 |
|
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
1,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
6,621 |
|
|
$ |
1,935 |
|
|
$ |
3,347 |
|
|
$ |
912 |
|
|
$ |
427 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2005, we did not have any bank guarantees that provide for the bank to make payment
on our behalf in the event of our non-payment for transactions with suppliers in the ordinary
course of business.
It is our policy to carefully monitor the state of our business, cash requirements, and capital
structure. We believe that funds generated from our operations and available from our credit
facility will be sufficient to fund current business operations as well as anticipated growth at
least through the end of 2006; however, there can be no assurance that such funds will be adequate
for that purpose.
31
New Accounting Pronouncements
FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 109-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004, (FSP 109-1), gives guidance under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, with respect to the provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs
Act) that provides a tax deduction on qualified production activities. The Jobs Act includes a tax
deduction of up to 9 percent (when fully phased-in) of the lesser of (a) qualified production
activities income, as defined in the Jobs Act, or (b) taxable income (after the deduction for the
utilization of any net operating loss carryforwards). This tax deduction is limited to 50 percent
of W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer. FSP 109-1 states that an enterprise should account for the
deduction as a special deduction in accordance with Statement 109. In addition, FSP 109-1 requires
that the special deduction be considered by an enterprise in (a) measuring deferred taxes when
graduated tax rates are a significant factor and (b) assessing whether a valuation allowance is
necessary as required by paragraph 232 of Statement 109. We are currently evaluating the effect
that the adoption of FSP 109-1 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition but do not expect it will have a material impact.
FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings
Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (FSP 109-2), provides
guidance under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, with respect to recording the potential
impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs Act) on
income tax expense and deferred tax liabilities. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP
109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment
to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign
earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. The undistributed earnings of our foreign
subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Consequently, we do not expect this
standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs An Amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS 151). SFAS 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, Inventory
Pricing, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight,
handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, this new standard requires
that items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and re-handling costs
be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of so
abnormal as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that the allocation of fixed
production overhead to the cost of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production
facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and we are
required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2006, beginning on January 1, 2006. We do
not expect this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets An Amendment of
APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the
exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in
paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, and replaces it
with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a
nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected
to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods
beginning after June 15, 2005 and we are required to adopt the standard in the first quarter of
2006, beginning on January 1, 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of
SFAS 153 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition but do not
expect it will have a material impact.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123R, Share Based Payments. SFAS 123R requires companies
to expense the value of stock options and similar awards. This statement is a revision of SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related implementation guidance. SFAS 123R
32
requires a public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award
of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions).
That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide
service in exchange for the award the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). No
compensation cost is recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the
requisite service. In March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107)
regarding the SECs interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for
public companies. SFAS 123R, and its related implementation guidance, will significantly change
existing accounting practice and will have a material effect on our reported earnings. The pro
forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial
statement recognition.
We are required to adopt SFAS 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, beginning January 1, 2006.
Under SFAS 123R, we must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing
share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be
used at the date of adoption. The transition methods include modified-prospective and
modified-retrospective adoption options. Under the modified-retrospective option, prior periods may
be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The
modified-prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock
options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS 123R, while
the modified-retrospective method would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options
and restricted stock beginning with the first period of adoption.
We plan to apply the modified prospective transition method,
which requires that compensation
expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning the first quarter
of 2006. We have chosen the Black-Scholes valuation model to value stock-based compensation
utilizing an expected volatility estimated using the historical method. Unamortized compensation
expense related to outstanding unvested options, as determined in accordance with FAS 123R, that we
expect to record during 2006 is approximately $2.7 million before income
taxes. This estimate excludes the effect of additional expense related to new awards that may be
granted during 2006.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (SFAS 154)
which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 20 Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial StatementsAn Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28.
SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error
corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the
required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of
an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2005 and we are required to adopt the standard in the first
quarter of fiscal 2006. We do not expect this standard to have a material impact on our
consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June 2005, the FASB issued FSP FAS 143-1, Accounting for Electronic Equipment Waste
Obligations (FSP 143-1), which provides guidance on the accounting for certain obligations
associated with the Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (the Directive), which
was adopted by the European Union (EU). Under the Directive, the financing of historical waste
held by private households is to be borne collectively by producers that are selling in the market
during each measurement period (to be defined by each EU-member country). The volume of equipment
that qualifies as historical waste that those producers have sold in the market prior to the
measurement period is not considered. Producers will be required to contribute proportionately
based on their participation in the market (for example, in proportion to their respective shares
of the market by type of equipment). However, the exact method to be used to compute the respective
proportions to be contributed by producers will be determined by each EU-member country. For
commercial users, the waste management obligation for historical equipment (products put on the
market on or prior to August 13, 2005) remains with these entities until the equipment is replaced.
FSP 143-1 is required to be applied to the later of the first reporting period ending after June 8,
2005 or the date of the Directives adoption into law by the applicable EU member countries in
which we have significant operations. We are currently
evaluating the effect that the adoption of FSP 143-1 will have on our consolidated results of
operations
33
and financial condition. Such effects will depend on the respective laws adopted by the
EU member countries.
Outlook
Our focus is to build technology and products that make the consumers interaction with devices and
content within the home easier and more enjoyable. The pace of change in the home is increasing.
The growth of new devices, such as DVD players, PVR/DVR technologies and home theater solutions, to
name only a few, has transformed control of the home entertainment center into a complex challenge
for the consumer. The more recent introduction and projected growth of digital media technologies
in consumers lives will further increase this complexity. We have set out to create the interface
for the connected home, building a bridge between the home devices of today and the networked home
of the future. We intend to invest in new products and technology, particularly in the connected
home space, which will expand our business beyond the control of devices to the control of and
access to content, such as digital media, to enrich the entertainment experience.
We will continue enhancing our leadership position in our core business by developing custom
products for our subscription broadcasting, OEM, retail, and computing customers, growing our
capture expertise in infrared technology and radio frequency standards, adding to our portfolio of
patented or patent pending technologies and developing new platform products. We are also
developing new ways to enhance remote controls and other accessory products.
During 2006, we will continue to develop new products featuring our Kameleon® interface technology,
a display technology that provides ease of use by illuminating only the keys needed to control each
entertainment device. We are continuing development of our Nevo® technology, an embedded solution
that transforms an electronic display into a sophisticated and easy-to-use wireless home control
and automation device. We are continuing to seek ways to integrate these platform technologies into
other forms and devices. Nevo 2.0® was launched in July of 2004 as a feature on a series of HPs
handheld devices, which reached its end of life during the third quarter of 2005. Building on this
platform, we used some components of the Nevo 2.0® technology in a new product named NevoSL®
which we began to ship in the second quarter of 2005. This product is designed for use in the home.
In addition, we are working on product line extensions to our One For All® audio/video accessories
which include digital antennas, signal boosters, television brackets and A/V cleaning products.
We are also seeking ways to increase our customer base worldwide, particularly in the areas of
subscription broadcasting, OEM, and One For All® international retail. We will continue to work on
strengthening existing relationships by working with customers to understand how to make the
consumer interaction with products and services within the home easier and more enjoyable. We
intend to invest in new products and technology to meet our customer needs now and into the future.
Through SimpleDevices, we continued developing software and firmware solutions that can enable
devices such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems and other consumer electronic
products to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to deliver
digital entertainment and information. This smart device category is emerging and in 2006 we look
to build relationships with our customers in this category.
In 2006, we will continue to evaluate acceptable acquisition targets and strategic partnership
opportunities in our core business lines as well as in the networked home marketplace. We caution,
however, that no assurance can be made that any suitable acquisition target or partnership
opportunity will be identified and, if identified, that a transaction can be consummated. Moreover,
if consummated, no assurance can be made that any such acquisition or partnership will profitably
add to our operations.
34
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our
management of these risks and the use of financial instruments to mitigate our risk exposure.
The interest payable under our revolving Credit Facility with our bank is variable and based on
either (i) the banks cost of funds or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%; the rate
is affected by changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2005, we had no borrowings on our
credit facility. The interest rate in effect on the credit facility as of December 31, 2005 using
the LIBOR Rate option plus a fixed margin of 1.25% was 5.64%. This credit facility will expire in
September 2006 and we are currently negotiating to extend this credit facility.
At December 31, 2005 we had wholly owned subsidiaries in The Netherlands, United Kingdom, Germany,
France, Argentina and Spain. Sales from these operations are typically denominated in local
currencies including Euros, British Pounds and Argentine Pesos, thereby creating exposure to
changes in exchange rates. Changes in local currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. Dollar,
and in some cases, to each other, may positively or negatively affect our sales, gross margins and
net income. From time to time, we enter into foreign currency exchange agreements to manage our
exposure arising from fluctuating exchange rates that affect cash flows and our reported income.
Contract terms for the foreign currency exchange agreements normally last less than nine months. We
do not enter into any derivative transactions for speculative purposes.
The value of our net balance sheet positions held in foreign currency can also be impacted by
fluctuating exchange rates, as can the value of the income generated by our European subsidiaries.
It is difficult to estimate the impact of fluctuations on reported income, as it depends on the
opening and closing rates, the average net balance sheet positions held in a foreign currency and
the amount of income generated in local currency. We routinely forecast what these balance sheet
positions and income generated in local currency may be, and we take steps to minimize exposure as
we deem appropriate.
The sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to the variability in exchange rates is assessed by
applying an approximate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and
projected results of operations denominated in foreign currency. Based on our overall foreign
currency rate exposure at December 31, 2005, we believe that movements in foreign currency rates
could have a material affect on our financial position. We estimate that if the exchange rates for
the Euro and the British Pound relative to the U.S. Dollar fluctuate 10% from December 31, 2005,
first quarter net income and cash flows would fluctuate by approximately $0.3 million and $4.2
million, respectively.
35
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
37 |
|
|
38 |
|
|
39 |
|
|
40 |
|
|
41 |
|
|
42 |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004
and 2003 |
|
69 |
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is
shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
36
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Universal Electronics, Inc. as of
December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and
cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of Universal Electronics, Inc. as of
December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows
for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial
statements taken as a whole. The Schedule II is presented for purposes of additional analysis and
is not a required part of the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the
auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, is
fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Universal Electronics, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
and our report dated March 10, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Grant
Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 10, 2006
37
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Universal Electronics Inc.:
In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 and the related consolidated
statements of income, shareholders equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2004, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Universal
Electronics Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our
opinion, the financial statement
schedule for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2004 presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are
the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Orange County, CA
March 16, 2005
38
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share-related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
|
$ |
42,472 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
41,861 |
|
|
|
38,758 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
26,708 |
|
|
|
23,862 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
3,841 |
|
|
|
2,027 |
|
Income tax receivable |
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
2,971 |
|
|
|
3,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
119,925 |
|
|
|
111,493 |
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
|
4,352 |
|
|
|
3,732 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
10,431 |
|
|
|
10,655 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
6,007 |
|
|
|
6,550 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
2,935 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
5,201 |
|
|
|
5,035 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
|
$ |
140,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
22,731 |
|
|
$ |
17,559 |
|
Accrued income taxes |
|
|
7,551 |
|
|
|
4,267 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
2,766 |
|
|
|
5,914 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
9,676 |
|
|
|
8,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
42,724 |
|
|
|
36,412 |
|
Long term liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
Deferred Revenue |
|
|
229 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
43,027 |
|
|
|
36,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued or outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized; 16,963,748 and 16,642,743 shares issued
at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively |
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
Paid-in capital |
|
|
83,220 |
|
|
|
78,872 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
(5,265 |
) |
|
|
3,571 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
54,994 |
|
|
|
45,293 |
|
Deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
(163 |
) |
|
|
(169 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,955 |
|
|
|
127,734 |
|
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 3,420,876 and
3,084,591 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively |
|
|
(29,663 |
) |
|
|
(23,853 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
103,292 |
|
|
|
103,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
|
$ |
140,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
39
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
|
$ |
158,380 |
|
|
$ |
120,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
114,222 |
|
|
|
96,800 |
|
|
|
74,168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
67,127 |
|
|
|
61,580 |
|
|
|
46,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
6,580 |
|
|
|
5,865 |
|
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
48,870 |
|
|
|
42,175 |
|
|
|
33,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
11,677 |
|
|
|
13,540 |
|
|
|
8,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
845 |
|
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
583 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
2,152 |
|
|
|
(540 |
) |
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
14,674 |
|
|
|
13,723 |
|
|
|
9,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
4,973 |
|
|
|
4,609 |
|
|
|
3,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,462 |
|
|
|
13,567 |
|
|
|
13,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
13,992 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
|
|
14,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
40
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued |
|
|
in Treasury |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Stock-Based |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Totals |
|
|
Income |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002 |
|
|
16,001 |
|
|
$ |
160 |
|
|
|
(2,521 |
) |
|
$ |
(16,270 |
) |
|
$ |
71,322 |
|
|
$ |
(1,740 |
) |
|
$ |
29,912 |
|
|
$ |
(147 |
) |
|
$ |
83,237 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,267 |
|
Currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,038 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for retirement plan |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(963 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(963 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003 |
|
|
16,405 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
(2,599 |
) |
|
|
(17,233 |
) |
|
|
75,805 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
36,179 |
|
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
95,171 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,114 |
|
Currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,387 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for retirement plan |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(495 |
) |
|
|
(6,696 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,696 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,883 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,885 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock grants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(349 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004 |
|
|
16,643 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
(3,085 |
) |
|
|
(23,853 |
) |
|
|
78,872 |
|
|
|
3,571 |
|
|
|
45,293 |
|
|
|
(169 |
) |
|
|
103,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,701 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,701 |
|
Currency translation adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,836 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,836 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for retirement plan |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(356 |
) |
|
|
(6,110 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,110 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock grants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(326 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
(300 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
16,964 |
|
|
$ |
169 |
|
|
|
(3,421 |
) |
|
$ |
(29,663 |
) |
|
$ |
83,220 |
|
|
$ |
(5,265 |
) |
|
$ |
54,994 |
|
|
$ |
(163 |
) |
|
$ |
103,292 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
41
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3,702 |
|
|
|
3,093 |
|
|
|
3,358 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
2,121 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
Provision for inventory write-downs |
|
|
2,735 |
|
|
|
3,788 |
|
|
|
2,890 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(130 |
) |
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
(849 |
) |
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options |
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
481 |
|
|
|
443 |
|
Shares issued for employee benefit plan |
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
360 |
|
Employee and Director stock-based compensation |
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
Write-off of in-process R&D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
|
|
Write down of investment in private company |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
357 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of acquisition in 2004): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(6,966 |
) |
|
|
(6,386 |
) |
|
|
(1,145 |
) |
Inventory |
|
|
(7,128 |
) |
|
|
(7,311 |
) |
|
|
(6,230 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(1,207 |
) |
|
|
(2,490 |
) |
|
|
(657 |
) |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
5,416 |
|
|
|
2,329 |
|
|
|
11,006 |
|
Accrued income and other taxes |
|
|
4,090 |
|
|
|
(579 |
) |
|
|
2,967 |
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
14,129 |
|
|
|
3,991 |
|
|
|
19,245 |
|
|
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
|
(3,137 |
) |
|
|
(2,657 |
) |
|
|
(2,470 |
) |
Payments for business acquired, net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,754 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of intangible assets |
|
|
(900 |
) |
|
|
(1,147 |
) |
|
|
(848 |
) |
Purchases of short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,000 |
) |
Sale of short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,500 |
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities |
|
|
(4,037 |
) |
|
|
(16,558 |
) |
|
|
19,182 |
|
|
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised |
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
1,885 |
|
|
|
3,343 |
|
Treasury stock purchased |
|
|
(6,110 |
) |
|
|
(6,695 |
) |
|
|
(963 |
) |
Payments on note payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
|
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(3,246 |
) |
|
|
(4,810 |
) |
|
|
2,338 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(5,677 |
) |
|
|
1,368 |
|
|
|
(348 |
) |
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
1,169 |
|
|
|
(16,009 |
) |
|
|
40,417 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
42,472 |
|
|
|
58,481 |
|
|
|
18,064 |
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
|
$ |
42,472 |
|
|
$ |
58,481 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Cash Flow Information Income taxes paid were $0.3 million, $4.5 million, and $1.1
million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
42
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activities:
In 2004 we purchased over 99% of the outstanding shares of SimpleDevices, Inc. for $12.8 million,
net of cash acquired (See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements). In conjunction with
the acquisition, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of assets acquired |
|
$ |
13,613 |
|
Cash paid for capital stock, net |
|
|
12,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed |
|
$ |
852 |
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
43
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 Description of Business
Universal Electronics Inc., based in Southern California, has developed a broad line of
easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that
are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems as well as software designed to enable consumers
to wirelessly connect, control and interact with an increasingly complex home environment. Our
primary markets include retail, private label, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), custom
installers, cable and satellite service providers, and companies in the personal computing
industry. Over the past 18 years, we have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and
a database of home connectivity software that we license to our customers, including many leading
Fortune 500 companies. In addition, we sell our universal wireless control products and other
audio/visual accessories through our European headquarters in The Netherlands, and to distributors
and retailers in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico, and
selected countries in Asia and Latin America under the One For
All® brand name.
As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned
subsidiaries. All the intercompany accounts and significant transactions have been eliminated in
the consolidated financial statements. Between October 1 and December 31, 2004, we acquired the outstanding shares of SimpleDevices Inc. The results of SimpleDevices operations have
been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition (See Note 21
to the consolidated financial statements).
Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates and judgments. On an on-going
basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition,
allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties, inventory valuation, business
combinations, purchase price allocations, review for impairment of long-lived assets, intangible
assets and goodwill, contingencies, and income taxes. These estimates may be adjusted as additional
information becomes available and any adjustment could be significant.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is
reasonably assured. We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product
sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on
historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision
recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net
sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts
receivable to arrive at accounts receivable, net in the same period the related receivable is
recorded. We have no obligations after the delivery of our products other than the associated
warranties (See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements).
We generate service revenue as a result of providing consumer support programs to some of our
customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized when performed,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and
collectibility is reasonably assured.
44
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We also license our intellectual property (including our patented technologies) trade secrets,
trademarks, and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship
products incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exist, the
sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the
delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer
revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered elements are delivered. We limit the
amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the
future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund
privileges.
We account for revenue under software licensing arrangements involving significant production,
modification or customization of software in accordance with SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance
of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue and profit as
work progresses on long-term, fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. When
applying the percentage-of-completion method, we rely on estimates of total expected contract
revenue and labor hours. We follow this method because reasonably dependable estimates of the
revenue and labor applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Recognized revenue and
profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. Revisions to revenue and
profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the
revision become known and losses are accrued when identified.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
The functional currency for our foreign operations is their local currency. The translation of
foreign currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates
in effect at the balance sheet dates and for revenue and expense accounts using the average
exchange rate during the period. The gains and losses resulting from the translation are included
in the foreign currency translation adjustment account, a component of accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) income in stockholders equity, and are excluded from net income. The
portions of inter-company accounts receivable and accounts payable that are not intended for
settlement are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date.
We recorded a foreign currency translation loss of $8.8 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2005 and a foreign currency translation gain of $3.3 million and $2.0 million for the
twelve months ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The foreign currency translation
loss of $8.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 is due to the strengthening of
the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.18 and 1.35 at December 31,
2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. The foreign currency translation gain of $3.3 million for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2004 is due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the
Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.35 and 1.26 at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003,
respectively. The foreign currency translation gain of $2.0 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2003 is due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro
spot rate was 1.26 and 1.05 at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively.
Transaction gains and losses generated by the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on
recorded assets and liabilities denominated in a currency different from the functional currency of
the applicable entity are recorded in other income (expense), net (See Note 15 to the consolidated
financial statements).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash accounts and all investments purchased with initial
maturities of three months or less. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with various financial
institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions. We
mitigate our exposure to credit risk by placing our cash and cash equivalents with high quality
financial institutions.
Investments
Included in other assets, as of December 31, 2004, is a cost investment in a private company with a
carrying value of $3 thousand. We accounted for this investment, which did not have a readily
45
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
determinable fair value, using the cost method. Our investment was less than 20%, we were unable to
exercise significant influence over the investee, and we were not a primary beneficiary. Under the
cost method, investments are carried at cost and adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in
fair value and distributions of earnings or additional investments. We performed an impairment
review during the year ended December 31, 2004 and determined that there was an
other-than-temporary decline in the value of our investment. Accordingly, in 2004 the value of the
investment was written down by $357 thousand to $3 thousand its estimated net realizable value, and
the loss was recorded in other income (expense), net. In 2005, we received additional information
regarding our investment indicating it was essentially worthless. Accordingly, in 2005, the
remaining $3 thousand investment balance was written off and the loss was recorded in other income
(expense), net.
Inventories
Inventories consisting of wireless control devices, including universal remote controls, wireless
keyboards, antennas, and related component parts, and are valued at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. We carry inventory in amounts necessary to
satisfy our customers inventory requirements on a timely basis.
New product innovations and technological advances may shorten a given products life cycle. We
continually monitor the inventory status to control inventory levels and dispose of any excess or
obsolete inventories on hand. We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or
unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its estimated
market value based upon our best estimates about future demand and market conditions. If actual
market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory
write-downs may be required. Inventory write-downs totaled approximately $2.7 million, $3.8 million
and $2.9 million in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. For financial reporting purposes,
depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
respective assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated
depreciation are removed from the appropriate accounts and any gain or loss is included in current
income.
Estimated useful lives consisted of the following:
|
|
|
Tooling and Equipment
|
|
2 7 Years |
Furniture and Fixtures
|
|
5 7 Years |
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
Lesser of lease term or useful life |
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, trade names, and
developed and core technologies. Capitalized amounts related to patents represent external legal
costs for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using the
straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging from two to ten years.
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important
which could trigger an impairment review include the following: (1) significant underperformance
relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in
the manner of our use of the assets or strategy for the overall business and (3) significant
negative industry or economic trends.
When we determine that the carrying value may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or
more of the above indicators of impairment, we conduct an impairment review. The asset is impaired
if its carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the
use and
46
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
eventual disposition of the asset. In assessing recoverability, we must make assumptions
regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors.
The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
We calculate fair value by taking the sum of the discounted projected cash flows over the assets
remaining useful life, using a discount rate commensurate with the risks inherent in our current
business model. When calculating fair value, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future
cash flows, discount rates and other factors.
Goodwill
We record the excess purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired over their
estimated fair value as goodwill. We have adopted the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and
Intangible Assets. Under the SFAS 142, we are required to test goodwill for impairment at least
annually. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between
annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances could include,
but are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate,
(2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. In performing
the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by assigning assets
and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units (See Note 3 to the
consolidated financial statements). A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one
level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment
is deemed a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial
information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that
component. Our domestic and international components are reporting units within the operating
segment Core Business. SimpleDevices is the other operating segment and is a reporting unit as
well.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to which
the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We determine
the fair value of each reporting unit using the present value of their expected future cash flows.
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the amount of the
impairment loss must be measured. The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied
fair value of reporting unit goodwill to its carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value
of the reporting units goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the
other assets and liabilities of that unit based on their fair values. The excess of the fair value
of a reporting unit over the amount assigned to its other assets and liabilities is the implied
fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill
exceeds its implied fair value.
We conducted annual impairment reviews as of December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003. Based on the
analysis performed we determined that each reporting units fair value exceeded its carrying
amount, and therefore concluded that there was no indication of an impairment loss.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes. We account for income taxes using
the liability method. We record deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities on our balance
sheet for expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in different periods
for financial statement purposes versus tax return purposes. We record a valuation allowance to
reduce net deferred tax assets if we determine that it is more likely than not that the deferred
tax assets will not be realized.
Capitalized Software Costs
We account for software development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. Costs incurred internally while
creating a computer software product are expensed when incurred as research and development until
technological feasibility has been established. The Company has determined that technological
feasibility for its products is established when a working model is complete. Once technological
feasibility is established,
47
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
software costs are capitalized until the product is available for
general release to customers and is then amortized using the greater of (i) the ratio that current
gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues or
(ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product. Software
development costs consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, supplies and materials. The
straight-line amortization periods for capitalized software costs range from 2 to 5 years.
Capitalized software costs are stated at cost net of accumulated amortization. Unamortized
capitalized software costs were $0.3 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. We capitalized $0, $0.3 million, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004,
and 2003, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software costs was $0.3
million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003,
respectively (See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
Research and Development
We account for research and development costs in accordance with SFAS No. 2, Accounting for
Research and Development Costs. As such, research and development costs are expensed as incurred
and consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, supplies and materials.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1.5 million, $1.2 million and
$1.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
In September 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and
Handling Fees and Costs. EITF 00-10 requires shipping and handling fees billed to customers to be
classified as revenue and shipping and handling costs to be either classified as cost of sales or
disclosed in the notes to the financial statements if classified elsewhere in the income statement.
We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales. Shipping and handling costs
associated with in-bound freight are recorded in cost of goods sold. Other shipping and handling
costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $6.3 million, $5.0
million and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Derivatives
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro and British Pound. Depending
on the predictability of future receivables, payables and cash flows in each operating currency, we
periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than
nine months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our
foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables and cash flows. We do not enter into financial
instruments for speculation or trading purposes. These derivatives have not qualified for hedge
accounting. The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated
balances are recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other
income (expense), net.
We held foreign currency exchange contracts which resulted in a net pre-tax loss of approximately
$409 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2005, and a net pre-tax gain of approximately $5
thousand for the year ended December 31, 2004. We did not enter into any foreign currency exchange
contracts during the year ended December 31, 2003. We had two foreign currency exchange contracts
outstanding at December 31, 2005, one forward contract with a notional value of $11.0 million, and
one option structure known as a participating forward with a notional value of $25.0 million. We
had no foreign currency exchange contracts or other derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2004.
48
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Forward Contract
We held a USD/Euro forward contract with a notional value of $11.0 million and a forward rate of
$1.1744/Euro as of December 31, 2005, due for settlement on January 20, 2006. We held the Euro
position on this contract. The value of this contract was $93 thousand at December 31, 2005. This
contract is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
Participating Forward
We entered into a USD/Euro participating forward with a 50% participation rate and a notional value
of $25.0 million in April 2005. The strike price of the participating forward is $1.2675. The
contract expired on December 30, 2005, due for settlement on January 3, 2006. The gain recorded
related to this contract was $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. The value of
this contract was approximately $1.1 million at December 31, 2005 and is included in prepaid
expenses and other current assets.
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for stock-based employee compensation by applying the intrinsic-value method in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25, Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees. Under the intrinsic-value method, compensation cost is the excess,
if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the grant date over the amount an employee must
pay to acquire the stock. We grant stock options with an exercise price equal to the market value
of the common stock on the date of grant, and therefore no compensation expense has been recognized
related to options.
We have adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition
and Disclosure. Under SFAS 123, compensation expense is computed based on the fair value of the
stock options granted and is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to
provide service in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). The fair value of the
options granted is determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.
If we had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the awards at the grant
date, net income would have been the pro forma amounts shown below.
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
Add: Stock-based
employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of
related tax effects |
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
Deduct: Total
stock-based
employee
compensation
expense determined
under fair value
based method for
all awards, net of
related tax
effects |
|
|
(2,792 |
) |
|
|
(2,374 |
) |
|
|
(3,104 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma |
|
$ |
7,177 |
|
|
$ |
6,887 |
|
|
$ |
3,457 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
Pro forma |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
Diluted earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Pro forma |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
The fair value of options at the date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes model. The
following assumptions were used for the grants in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively: risk-free
interest rate of approximately 3.73%, 3.01%, and 3.00%; expected volatility of approximately
58.35%, 65.51%, and 62.95%; expected life of five years for 2005, 2004 and 2003; and that our
common stock will pay no dividends. The per share weighted average grant date fair values of the
options granted in 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $9.28, $7.94 and $5.87, respectively.
49
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123R, Share Based Payments. SFAS 123R requires companies
to expense the value of stock options and similar awards. This statement is a revision of SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees, and its related implementation guidance. SFAS 123R requires a public entity
to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments
based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited exceptions). That cost will be
recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for
the award the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). No compensation cost is
recognized for equity instruments for which employees do not render the requisite service. In March
2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) regarding the SECs
interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies. SFAS
123R, and its related implementation guidance, will significantly change existing accounting
practice and will have a material effect on our reported earnings. The pro forma disclosures
previously permitted under SFAS 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement
recognition.
We are required to adopt SFAS 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, beginning January 1, 2006.
Under SFAS 123R, we must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing
share-based payments, the amortization method for compensation cost and the transition method to be
used at the date of adoption. The transition methods include modified-prospective and
modified-retrospective adoption options. Under the modified-retrospective option, prior periods may
be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The
modified-prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock
options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of SFAS 123R, while
the modified-retrospective method would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options
and restricted stock beginning with the first period of adoption.
We plan to apply the modified prospective transition method, which requires that compensation
expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning the first quarter
of 2006. We have chosen the Black-Scholes valuation model to value stock-based compensation
utilizing an expected volatility estimated using the historical method. Unamortized compensation
expense related to outstanding unvested options, as determined in accordance with FAS 123R, that we
expect to record during 2006 is approximately $2.7 million before income
taxes. This estimate excludes the effect of additional expense related to new awards that may be
granted during 2006.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation utilized in the
current year ended December 31, 2005.
New Accounting Pronouncements
FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 109-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004, (FSP 109-1), gives guidance under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, with respect to the provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs
Act) that provides a tax deduction on qualified production activities. The Jobs Act includes a tax
deduction of up to 9 percent (when fully phased-in) of the lesser of (a) qualified production
activities income, as defined in the Jobs Act, or (b) taxable income (after the deduction for the
utilization of any net operating loss carryforwards). This tax deduction is limited to 50 percent
of W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer. FSP 109-1 states that an enterprise should account for the
deduction as a special deduction in accordance with Statement 109. In addition, FSP 109-1 requires
that the special deduction be considered by an enterprise in (a) measuring deferred taxes when
graduated tax rates are a significant factor and (b) assessing whether a valuation allowance is
necessary as required by paragraph 232 of Statement 109. We are currently evaluating the effect
that the adoption of FSP 109-1 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition but do not expect it will have a material impact.
FASB Staff Position (FSP) No. 109-2, Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings
Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (FSP 109-2), provides
guidance
50
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, with respect to recording the potential
impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs Act) on
income tax expense and deferred tax liabilities. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP
109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment
to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign
earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. The undistributed earnings of our foreign
subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Consequently, we do not expect this
standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs An Amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS 151). SFAS 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, Inventory
Pricing, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight,
handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Among other provisions, this new standard requires
that items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and re-handling costs
be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of so
abnormal as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that the allocation of fixed
production overhead to the cost of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production
facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and we are
required to adopt this standard in the first quarter of 2006, beginning on January 1, 2006. We do
not expect this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets An Amendment of
APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the
exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in
paragraph 21(b) of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions, and replaces it
with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a
nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected
to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the fiscal periods
beginning after June 15, 2005 and we are required to adopt the standard in the first quarter of
2006, beginning on January 1, 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of
SFAS 153 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition but do not
expect it will have a material impact.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (SFAS 154)
which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 20 Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial StatementsAn Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28.
SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error
corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the
required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of
an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2005 and we are required to adopt the standard in the first
quarter of fiscal 2006. We do not expect this standard to have a material impact on our
consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June 2005, the FASB issued FSP FAS 143-1, Accounting for Electronic Equipment Waste
Obligations (FSP 143-1), which provides guidance on the accounting for certain obligations
associated with the Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (the Directive), which
was adopted by the European Union (EU). Under the Directive, the financing of historical waste
held by private households is to be borne collectively by producers that are selling in the market
during each measurement period (to be defined by each EU-member country). The volume of equipment
that qualifies as historical waste that those producers have sold in the market prior to the
measurement period is not considered. Producers will be required to contribute proportionately
based on their participation in the market (for example, in proportion to their respective shares
of the market by type of equipment). However, the exact method to be used to compute the respective
proportions to be contributed by producers will be determined by each EU-member country. For
commercial users, the waste management obligation for historical equipment (products put on the
market on or prior to August 13, 2005) remains with these entities until the equipment is replaced.
FSP 143-1 is required to be applied to the later of the first reporting period ending after June 8,
2005 or the date of the Directives adoption into law by the applicable EU member countries in
which we have significant operations. We are currently
51
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
evaluating the effect that the adoption of
FSP 143-1 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. Such effects
will depend on the respective laws adopted by the EU member countries.
Note 3
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We are composed of two operating segments (See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).
Under the requirements of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, the unit of accounting for
goodwill is at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. SFAS 142 defines a reporting
unit as either (1) an operating segment as defined in SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information or (2) one level below an operating segment referred to as a
component. Our domestic and international components are reporting units within the operating
segment Core Business. SimpleDevices is the other operating segment and is a reporting unit as
well.
Goodwill for the domestic operations was generated from the acquisition of a remote control company
in 1998. Goodwill for international operations resulted from the acquisition of remote control
distributors in the UK in 1998, Spain in 1999 and France in 2000. We acquired SimpleDevices in
2004, and of the total purchase price, approximately $7.1 million was allocated to goodwill.
Goodwill information for each reporting unit is listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
December 31, 2004 |
|
Core Business Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic |
|
$ |
1,191 |
|
|
$ |
1,191 |
|
International* |
|
|
2,117 |
|
|
|
2,318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,308 |
|
|
|
3,509 |
|
SimpleDevices |
|
|
7,123 |
|
|
|
7,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Goodwill |
|
$ |
10,431 |
|
|
$ |
10,655 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
The difference in international goodwill reported at December 31, 2005, as compared to the
goodwill reported at December 31, 2004, was the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency
exchange rates used to translate the balance into U.S. dollars. |
Besides goodwill, our intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, and
trademarks, purchased technologies and capitalized software costs. Capitalized amounts related to
patents represent external legal costs for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible
assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging
from two to ten years.
52
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Information regarding our intangible assets is listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
December 31, 2004 |
|
Carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights (10 years) |
|
$ |
340 |
|
|
$ |
405 |
|
Patents (10 years) |
|
|
4,726 |
|
|
|
3,945 |
|
Trademark and trade names (10 years) |
|
|
885 |
|
|
|
979 |
|
Developed and core technology (5 years) |
|
|
2,410 |
|
|
|
2,410 |
|
Capitalized software (2 years) |
|
|
898 |
|
|
|
849 |
|
Other (5-7 years) |
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying amount |
|
$ |
9,631 |
|
|
$ |
9,058 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights |
|
$ |
45 |
|
|
$ |
54 |
|
Patents |
|
|
1,816 |
|
|
|
1,463 |
|
Trademark and trade names |
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
Developed and core technology |
|
|
993 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
Capitalized software |
|
|
559 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
Other |
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated amortization |
|
$ |
3,624 |
|
|
$ |
2,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights |
|
$ |
295 |
|
|
$ |
351 |
|
Patents |
|
|
2,910 |
|
|
|
2,482 |
|
Trademark and trade names |
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
904 |
|
Developed and core technology |
|
|
1,417 |
|
|
|
1,981 |
|
Capitalized software |
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
552 |
|
Other |
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net carrying amount |
|
$ |
6,007 |
|
|
$ |
6,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense for 2005, 2004 and 2003 amounted to approximately $1.1 million, $0.7 million
and $0.9 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense related to our existing intangible
assets for each of the five succeeding years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
$ |
1,627 |
|
2007 |
|
|
1,171 |
|
2008 |
|
|
1,086 |
|
2009 |
|
|
1,019 |
|
2010 |
|
|
684 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4 Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consist of the following at December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Trade receivable, gross |
|
$ |
45,732 |
|
|
$ |
41,546 |
|
Sales tax receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
147 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(2,296 |
) |
|
|
(1,130 |
) |
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
(1,575 |
) |
|
|
(1,824 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
41,861 |
|
|
$ |
38,758 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Returns
We record a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales in the same
period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns,
analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for estimated sales
returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the period the
related revenue is recorded. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable to arrive at
accounts receivable, net in the
53
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
same period the related receivable is recorded. Our contractual
sales return periods range up to six months. We have no other obligations after delivery of our
products other than the associated warranties.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Our
allowance for doubtful accounts is our best estimate of losses resulting from the inability of our
customers to make their required payments. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on
a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time receivables are past due,
current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. Also, we record specific
provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customers inability to meet its
financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the
customers operating results or financial position. If circumstances related to a customer change,
our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or
downward.
The following changes occurred in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
(in thousands) |
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
1,130 |
|
|
$ |
2,121 |
|
|
$ |
(955 |
) |
|
$ |
2,296 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
2,565 |
|
|
$ |
161 |
|
|
$ |
(1,596 |
) |
|
$ |
1,130 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
2,605 |
|
|
$ |
392 |
|
|
$ |
(432 |
) |
|
$ |
2,565 |
|
Note 5 Inventories
Inventory,
net consisted of the following at December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Components |
|
$ |
5,508 |
|
|
$ |
8,222 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
23,474 |
|
|
|
19,446 |
|
Reserve for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
(2,274 |
) |
|
|
(3,806 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory, net |
|
$ |
26,708 |
|
|
$ |
23,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6 Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment,
furniture and fixtures consisted of the following at December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Tooling |
|
$ |
5,618 |
|
|
$ |
5,757 |
|
Equipment |
|
|
5,498 |
|
|
|
5,429 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
1,321 |
|
|
|
1,280 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
1,104 |
|
|
|
1,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,541 |
|
|
|
13,516 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(9,189 |
) |
|
|
(9,784 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
$ |
4,352 |
|
|
$ |
3,732 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December
31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
54
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 7 Revolving Credit Line
On September 15, 2003, we entered into a three-year $15.0 million unsecured revolving credit
agreement (the Credit Facility) with Comerica Bank (Comerica). This Credit Facility expires in
September 2006. We are currently involved in negotiations to extend the unsecured revolving credit
agreement.
Under the Credit Facility, the interest rate is variable and is based on the banks cost of funds
or the LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin of 1.25%. The interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2005
and 2004, using the LIBOR Rate option plus a fixed margin of 1.25%, was 5.64% and 3.67%,
respectively. We pay a commitment fee ranging from zero to a maximum rate of 1/4 of 1% per year on
the unused portion of the credit line depending on the amount of our cash investment retained with
Comerica during each quarter. Under the terms of this Credit Facility, dividend payments are
allowed for up to 100% of the prior fiscal years net income, to be paid within 90 days of year
end. We are subject to certain financial covenants related to our net worth, quick ratio, and net
income. Amounts available for borrowing under this Credit Facility are reduced by the outstanding
balance of import letters of credit. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no amounts
outstanding under this credit facility and no outstanding import letters of credit. Furthermore, as
of December 31, 2005 and 2004, we were in compliance with all financial covenants required by the
Credit Facility.
We have authority under this credit facility to acquire up to 1.5 million shares of our common
stock in market purchases. Between the date the Credit Facility was executed and December 31, 2005,
we have purchased 897,019 shares of our common stock leaving 602,981 remaining shares authorized to
be repurchased under the Credit Facility.
Note 8
Other Accrued Expenses
The components of other accrued expenses are listed below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Accrued
sales discounts/rebates |
|
$ |
3,406 |
|
|
$ |
2,892 |
|
Accrued
sales and VAT taxes |
|
|
1,325 |
|
|
|
1,300 |
|
Accrued
freight |
|
|
1,041 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
762 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
Accrued
advertising and marketing |
|
|
566 |
|
|
|
836 |
|
Accrued
warranties |
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,162 |
|
|
|
2,334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,676 |
|
|
$ |
8,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 9 Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these instruments
approximate fair value because of their short maturities.
Note 10 Stockholders Equity
Fair Price Provisions and Other Anti-Takeover Measures
Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting
business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher
voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions unless the transaction has been
approved by two-thirds of the disinterested directors to fair price provisions have been met. Any
of these provisions could delay or prevent a change in control.
Treasury Stock
During 2005, 2004 and 2003, we repurchased 356,285, 494,998 and 84,437 shares of common stock,
respectively on the open market at a cost of $6.1 million, $6.7 million and $1.0 million,
respectively. These shares are recorded as shares held in treasury at cost. The shares will
generally be held by us for future use as management and the Board of Directors deem appropriate.
In addition, some of these shares will
55
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
be used by us to compensate the outside directors of the
Company. During 2005, 2004 and 2003 shares totaling 20,000, 9,077 and 7,080, respectively, were
issued to the outside directors.
Stock Awards
On July 11, 2001, as compensation for the outside directors for the three year period commencing
July 1, 2001, we granted each director shares of our common stock with a fair market value
equivalent to approximately $278,833. These shares were recorded in a separate component of
stockholders equity and were amortized over their three-year vesting period. Each calendar
quarter, 1/12 of the total stock award vested and the shares were distributed provided the director
served the entire calendar quarter term. Amortization expense amounted to $42,012 and $105,032 in
2004 and 2003, respectively. The stock awards to the directors were fully vested as of June 30,
2004.
On July 1, 2004, as compensation for the outside directors for the one year period commencing July
1, 2004, we granted each director 5,000 shares of our common stock with an aggregate fair market
value of approximately $348,523. On July 30, 2004, we filed an S-8 Registration Statement covering
all of the shares issued under this plan. These shares were recorded in a separate component of
stockholders equity and were amortized over their 1-year vesting period. Each calendar quarter,
1/4 of the total stock award vested and the shares were distributed. Amortization expense amounted
to $168,700 and $179,823 in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The stock awards to the directors were
fully vested as of June 30, 2005.
On July 1, 2005, as compensation for the outside directors for the one year period commencing July
1, 2005, we granted each director 5,000 shares of our common stock with an aggregate fair market
value of approximately $325,800. These shares have been recorded in a separate component of
stockholders equity and are being amortized over their 1-year vesting period. Each calendar
quarter, 1/4 of the total stock award will vest and the shares will be distributed provided the
director has served the entire calendar quarter term. Amortization expense amounted to $162,900 in
2005.
Note 11 Stock Options
1993 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 19, 1993, the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (1993 Plan) was approved. Under the 1993 Plan,
400,000 shares of common stock are reserved for the granting of incentive and other stock options
to officers, key employees and non-affiliated directors. The 1993 Plan provided for the granting of
incentive and other stock options through January 18, 2003. All options outstanding at the time of
termination of the 1993 Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their
terms. The option price for incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options will not be
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date
the option is granted. The 1993 Plan also provides for the award of stock appreciation rights
subject to terms and conditions specified by the Compensation Committee. No stock appreciation
rights have been awarded under this 1993 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant
under the 1993 Plan.
56
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1995 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 19, 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (1995 Plan) was approved. Under the 1995 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees and
non-affiliated directors. The 1995 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock
appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 18, 2005,
unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option prices for the
stock options were equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
shall determine when each option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten
years after the date the option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units
have been awarded under this 1995 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under
the 1995 Plan.
1996 Stock Incentive Plan
On December 1, 1996, the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (1996 Plan) was approved. Under the 1996 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock are available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1996 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through November 30, 2007, unless otherwise terminated by
the resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options will be equal to
the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine when each
option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 1996 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1996 Plan.
1998 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 27, 1998, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (1998 Plan) was approved. Under the 1998 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock are available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1998 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through May 26, 2008, unless otherwise terminated by
resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options will not be less than
the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine when each
option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 1998 Plan. There are 2,500 remaining options available for grant under the 1998 Plan.
1999 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 27, 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1999 Plan) was approved. Under the 1999 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock are available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1999 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through January 26, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by
resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options will not be less than
the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine when each
option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 1999 Plan. There are 1,500 remaining options available for grant under the 1999 Plan.
57
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1999A Stock Incentive Plan
On October 7, 1999, the 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (1999A Plan) was approved and on February
1, 2000, the 1999A Plan was amended. Under the 1999A Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock are
available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999A Plan provides for the
issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination
thereof through October 6, 2009, unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of
Directors. The option price for the stock options will not be less than the fair market value at
the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine when each option is to expire, but no
option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the option is granted. No stock
appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999A Plan. There are
10,125 remaining options available for grant under the 1999A Plan.
2002 Stock Incentive Plan
On February 5, 2002, the 2002 Nonqualified Stock Plan (2002 Plan) was approved. Under the 2002
Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock are available for distribution to our key officers and
employees. The 2002 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through February 4, 2012, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options will not
be less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine
when each option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the
date the option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 2002 Plan. There are 37,872 remaining options available for grant under the 2002
Plan.
2003 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 18, 2003, the 2003 Nonqualified Stock Plan (2003 Plan) was approved. Under the 2003 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock are available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 2003 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through June 17, 2013, unless otherwise terminated by
resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options will not be less than
the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall determine when each
option is to expire, but no option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option is granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 2003 Plan. There are 91,500 remaining options available for grant under the 2003 Plan.
Vesting periods for the above referenced stock incentive plans range from three to four years.
The following table summarizes the changes in the number of shares of common stock under option:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
|
(000) |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
(000) |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
(000) |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
Outstanding at
beginning of year |
|
|
3,039 |
|
|
$ |
12.79 |
|
|
|
2,662 |
|
|
$ |
12.32 |
|
|
|
2,976 |
|
|
$ |
12.00 |
|
Granted |
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
17.40 |
|
|
|
702 |
|
|
|
13.94 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
10.60 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
9.89 |
|
|
|
(209 |
) |
|
|
9.10 |
|
|
|
(370 |
) |
|
|
8.96 |
|
Expired and/or forfeited |
|
|
(229 |
) |
|
|
15.33 |
|
|
|
(116 |
) |
|
|
15.95 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
13.92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
3,151 |
|
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
|
|
3,039 |
|
|
$ |
12.79 |
|
|
|
2,662 |
|
|
$ |
12.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercisable at
year-end |
|
|
1,943 |
|
|
$ |
12.94 |
|
|
|
1,828 |
|
|
$ |
12.58 |
|
|
|
1,668 |
|
|
$ |
11.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During
2005, common stock options were modified for two employees, one
modification was part of a severance agreement and the other
modification resulted from an employees death.
The total number of options
modified was 20,500, which resulted in new measurement dates. The difference between the exercise
price and the fair value of the common stock on the new measurement dates for the options totaled
$73,863. As a result, $73,863 was charged to non-cash stock-based compensation.
During 2003, common stock options were modified for two employees as part of their severance
agreements. The total number of options modified was 92,647, which resulted in new measurement
58
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
dates. The difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the new
measurement dates for the options totaled $341,282. As a result, $341,282 was charged to non-cash
stock-based compensation.
Significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2005 and the related weighted average
exercise price and life information are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
Exercisable |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Range of |
|
At 12/31/05 |
|
|
Remaining Years of |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
At 12/31/05 |
|
|
Exercise |
|
Exercise Prices |
|
(000) |
|
|
Contractual Life |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(000) |
|
|
Price |
|
$3.19 to $4.97 |
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
2.58 |
|
|
$ |
4.82 |
|
|
|
175 |
|
|
$ |
4.82 |
|
5.81 to 7.50 |
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
2.99 |
|
|
|
7.20 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
7.20 |
|
8.45 to 9.83 |
|
|
476 |
|
|
|
6.87 |
|
|
|
8.66 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
8.65 |
|
10.92 to 13.39 |
|
|
766 |
|
|
|
6.23 |
|
|
|
11.88 |
|
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
11.41 |
|
14.85 to 22.06 |
|
|
1,590 |
|
|
|
6.99 |
|
|
|
17.65 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
18.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$3.19 to $22.06 |
|
|
3,151 |
|
|
|
6.36 |
|
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
|
|
1,943 |
|
|
$ |
12.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 12 Significant Customers and Suppliers
Significant Customers
We had sales to one significant customer of $22.2 million, $17.5 million, and $18.1 million
representing 12.2%, 11.0%, and 15.0% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively. Trade receivables with this customer amounted to $2.1 million and $2.4
million or 5.1% and 5.9% of our total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. In addition, we had sales to a customer and its sub-contractors that, when combined,
totaled $30.0 million, $16.4 million, and $4.6 million, accounting for 16.6%, 10.4%, and 3.8% of
net sales for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Trade receivables
with this customer and its sub-contractors amounted to $3.3 million and $2.4 million, or 7.8% and
5.7%, of our total accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The future loss
of these customers or any key customer, either in the United States or abroad, due to the financial
weakness or bankruptcy of any such customer or our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order
volume with our major customers, may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.
Significant Suppliers
We purchase components and finished product from multiple sources. During 2005, one source provided
over ten percent (10%) of our inventory purchases. Purchases from this significant supplier
amounted to $35.5 million, or 33.9%, of total inventory purchases during 2005. Purchases with the
same significant supplier amounted to $25.5 million, or 28.2%, of total inventory purchases in
2004. During 2004 there was one additional significant supplier with purchases that amounted to
$9.5 million, or 10.5%, of total inventory purchases.
Accounts payable with the aforementioned significant supplier amounted to $6.5 million,
representing 28.5% of the total accounts payable at December 31, 2005. Accounts payable for the
same supplier amounted to $5.9 million, representing 33.8% of the total accounts payable at
December 31, 2004. The additional significant supplier had accounts payable of $2.0 million or
11.6% of the total accounts payable at December 31, 2004.
59
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 13 Leases
We lease office and warehouse space and certain office equipment under operating leases that expire
at various dates through December 31, 2012. Rental expense for our operating leases was $1.7
million, $1.8 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
The following table summarizes future minimum non-cancelable operating lease payments with initial
terms greater than one year at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
$ |
1,455 |
|
2007 |
|
|
1,377 |
|
2008 |
|
|
947 |
|
2009 |
|
|
483 |
|
2010 |
|
|
428 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
428 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total lease commitments |
|
$ |
5,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain a retirement and profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code
for all of our domestic employees that meet certain qualifications. Participants in the plan may
elect to contribute from 1% to 15% of their annual salary to the plan. We match 50% of the
participants contributions in the form of newly issued shares of our common stock. We may also
make other discretionary contributions to the plan. The expense recorded for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million,
respectively.
Note
15 Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Income Statements consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net gain (loss) on foreign currency exchange transactions |
|
$ |
2,107 |
|
|
$ |
(152 |
) |
|
$ |
344 |
|
Write-down of investment |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(357 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Other income (loss) |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
$ |
2,152 |
|
|
$ |
(540 |
) |
|
$ |
338 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 16 Income Taxes
In 2005, 2004, and 2003, pre-tax income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Domestic operations |
|
$ |
6,206 |
|
|
$ |
4,488 |
|
|
$ |
6,002 |
|
Foreign operations |
|
|
8,468 |
|
|
|
9,235 |
|
|
|
3,493 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
14,674 |
|
|
$ |
13,723 |
|
|
$ |
9,495 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Current tax expense/(Benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
$ |
1,382 |
|
|
$ |
2,572 |
|
|
$ |
2,438 |
|
State and local |
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
157 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
3,311 |
|
|
|
1,515 |
|
|
|
1,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
4,973 |
|
|
|
4,303 |
|
|
|
4,077 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense/(Benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
|
(715 |
) |
State and local |
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(58 |
) |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
|
(849 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision |
|
$ |
4,973 |
|
|
$ |
4,609 |
|
|
$ |
3,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory reserves |
|
$ |
514 |
|
|
$ |
1,003 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
Capitalized research costs |
|
|
885 |
|
|
|
1,287 |
|
Capitalized inventory costs |
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
Net operating losses |
|
|
4,798 |
|
|
|
5,051 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
645 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
837 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
Income tax credits |
|
|
748 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Other |
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
9,836 |
|
|
$ |
9,653 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
Intangibles assets |
|
|
(925 |
) |
|
|
(1,068 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(1,118 |
) |
|
|
(1,076 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance |
|
|
8,718 |
|
|
|
8,577 |
|
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
|
(620 |
) |
|
|
(536 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
8,098 |
|
|
$ |
8,041 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The deferred tax valuation allowance increased $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.03 million during
2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
61
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the
applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income from operations as a result of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Tax provision at statutory
U.S. rate |
|
$ |
4,989 |
|
|
$ |
4,666 |
|
|
$ |
3,228 |
|
Increase (decrease) in tax provision resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and local taxes, net |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
Foreign tax rate differential |
|
|
335 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
Nondeductible items |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
In-process R&D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal valuation allowance |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal research and development credits |
|
|
(601 |
) |
|
|
(521 |
) |
|
|
(282 |
) |
Other |
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
(194 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax provision |
|
$ |
4,973 |
|
|
$ |
4,609 |
|
|
$ |
3,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2004, pursuant to our purchase of SimpleDevices, pretax book income reflects the write-off
of IPR&D expenditures and amortization of certain acquired intangibles. The tax effects of
intangibles, other than goodwill, are included in deferred tax liabilities. In connection with the
acquisition, we established a $1.1 million deferred tax liability, and a $5.6 million deferred tax
asset. The net result was an increase to Goodwill of $4.5 million.
At December 31, 2005, we had federal and state Research and Experimentation (R&E) income tax
credit carryforwards of approximately $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The federal R&E
income tax credits expire in 2025. The state R&E income tax credits do not have an expiration
date.
At December 31, 2005, we had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $9.9
million, $9.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively. All of the federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards were acquired as part of the acquisition of SimpleDevices. The federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2011, respectively. Approximately $1.1
million of the foreign net operating losses begin to expire in 2007, approximately $.2 million
expire in 2020 and the remaining $1.3 million of foreign net operating losses have an unlimited
carryforward. At December 31, 2005, a valuation allowance of approximately $0.5 million has been
provided on certain foreign net operating losses.
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places certain limitations on the annual amount of net operating
loss carryforwards that can be utilized if certain changes to a companys ownership occur. Our
acquisition of SimpleDevices was a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code, and the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of SimpleDevices
(approximately $10.0 million and $9.5 million, respectively) are limited but considered realizable
in future periods. The annual limitation is as follows: Approximately $1.3 million for 2006 through
2008 and approximately $0.6 million thereafter.
As of December 31, 2005, we believed it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets
related to the impairment of the investment in a private company (a capital asset) would not be
realized due to uncertainties as to the timing and amounts of future capital gains. Accordingly, a
valuation allowance of approximately $0.1 million was recorded as of December 31, 2005 (See Note 2
to the consolidated financial statements).
During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 we recognized a credit to additional
paid-in capital and a reduction to income taxes payable of $0.9 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4
million, respectively, related to the tax benefit from the exercises of non-qualified stock options
under our stock option plans.
The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely
reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for US federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding
taxes has been provided on such undistributed earnings. Determination of the potential amount of
unrecognized deferred
62
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
US income tax liability and foreign withholding taxes is not practicable because of the
complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; however, unrecognized foreign tax
credits would be available to reduce some portion of the U.S. liability.
During 2005, the Internal Revenue Service began an audit of the December 31, 2002 and 2003 tax
years. We are also currently under appeals with the California Franchise Tax Board (FTB) for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000. In addition, the passing of the statute of limitations for
the state tax years 1997 and 1998 eliminated the need for certain previously recorded tax reserves.
Accordingly, we reversed the related previously accrued taxes, reducing the tax provision for 2005
by approximately $0.1 million.
Note 17 Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by
the weighted average number of our common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings
per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and
dilutive potential common shares, which includes the dilutive effect of stock options and
restricted stock grants. Dilutive potential common shares for all the periods presented are
computed utilizing the treasury stock method. In the computation of diluted earnings per common
share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, approximately 999,506, 988,250 and
1,031,125 stock options, respectively, with exercise prices greater than the average market price
of the underlying common stock, were excluded because their inclusion would have been
anti-dilutive.
Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 were calculated as follows
(in thousands, except per-share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
December 31, 2004 |
|
|
December 31, 2003 |
|
BASIC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
|
|
13,462 |
|
|
|
13,567 |
|
|
|
13,703 |
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
|
$ |
9,114 |
|
|
$ |
6,267 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding for basic |
|
|
13,462 |
|
|
|
13,567 |
|
|
|
13,703 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options and
restricted stock |
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding on a diluted basis |
|
|
13,992 |
|
|
|
14,100 |
|
|
|
14,007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 18 Business Segments and Foreign Operations
Industry Segments
We have two reportable segments, Core Business and SimpleDevices. In our Core Business segment we
have developed a broad line of easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal wireless control products and
audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. The various
channels of distribution utilized by our Core Business segment include international retail,
private label, OEMs, cable and satellite service providers and companies in the computing industry.
SimpleDevices,
based in San Mateo, California, develops software and firmware solutions that can enable devices
such as TVs, set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other consumer
electronic products to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services
to deliver digital entertainment and information.
63
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Factors Used to Identify Reportable Segments
SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, defines an operating
segment, in part, as a component of an enterprise whose operating results are regularly reviewed by
the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment
and assess its performance. Operating segments may be aggregated only to the limited extent
permitted by the standard.
During the fourth quarter of 2004 we purchased SimpleDevices, Inc. for approximately $12.8 million
in cash, including direct acquisition costs, and a potential performance-based payment of our
unregistered common stock, if certain future financial objectives are achieved.
As a result of the performance based incentive and other factors, management began to review
SimpleDevices discrete operating results on a regular basis. This review and factors including
product differences, current management structure, distribution methods, and economic
characteristics, supported our conclusion as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 that
SimpleDevices is a reportable segment in accordance with SFAS 131. In the future, as the
integration of SimpleDevices operations continues and the performance based incentive expires, we
may or may not determine that SimpleDevices continues to be a reportable segment in accordance with
SFAS 131.
Measurement of Profit or Loss of Segment Assets
The disaggregated financial results of our reportable segments have been prepared using a
management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which we internally
disaggregate financial information for the purposes of making internal operating and resource
allocation decisions. The accounting policies of our reportable segments are the same as those
described in the summary of significant accounting policies except that the segment information
does not include a full allocation of corporate overhead costs between the SimpleDevices and Core
Business segments.
Segment Income (Loss) and Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
(in thousands) |
|
Core Business |
|
SimpleDevices |
|
Total |
Net sales |
|
$ |
179,816 |
|
|
$ |
1,533 |
|
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
3,204 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
|
|
3,702 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
6,158 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
6,580 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
845 |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
18,628 |
|
|
|
(3,954 |
) |
|
|
14,674 |
|
Assets |
|
$ |
144,566 |
|
|
$ |
1,753 |
|
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
|
Core Business |
|
SimpleDevices (1) |
|
Total |
Net sales |
|
$ |
157,549 |
|
|
$ |
831 |
|
|
$ |
158,380 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
2,969 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
3,093 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
5,625 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
5,865 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
723 |
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
14,273 |
|
|
|
(550 |
) |
|
|
13,723 |
|
Assets |
|
$ |
134,589 |
|
|
$ |
5,811 |
|
|
$ |
140,400 |
|
|
|
|
(1): |
|
The financial results of SimpleDevices for the year ended December 31, 2004 contain only the
results of operations since the date of acquisition. The segmented results of operations for
the year ended December 31, 2003 are not presented here as the results of the Core Business
segment for 2003 correspond to the consolidated income reported in the consolidated financial
statements included in this report. |
64
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Geographic Information
Our sales to external customers and long-lived tangible assets by geographic area are presented
below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Net Sales |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
95,252 |
|
|
$ |
75,121 |
|
|
$ |
65,891 |
|
International: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
22,977 |
|
|
|
26,395 |
|
|
|
18,105 |
|
Asia |
|
|
18,773 |
|
|
|
9,068 |
|
|
|
5,249 |
|
Spain |
|
|
6,484 |
|
|
|
10,535 |
|
|
|
5,237 |
|
Germany |
|
|
7,357 |
|
|
|
8,620 |
|
|
|
6,679 |
|
France |
|
|
5,852 |
|
|
|
7,021 |
|
|
|
4,911 |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
4,689 |
|
|
|
3,194 |
|
|
|
755 |
|
South Africa |
|
|
3,685 |
|
|
|
1,793 |
|
|
|
798 |
|
All Other |
|
|
16,280 |
|
|
|
16,633 |
|
|
|
12,843 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International |
|
|
86,097 |
|
|
|
83,259 |
|
|
|
54,577 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales |
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
|
$ |
158,380 |
|
|
$ |
120,468 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Long-Lived Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
3,137 |
|
|
$ |
2,956 |
|
|
$ |
3,002 |
|
All Other Countries |
|
|
1,618 |
|
|
|
3,711 |
|
|
|
1,917 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,755 |
|
|
$ |
6,667 |
|
|
$ |
4,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific identification was the basis used for attributing revenues from external customers to
individual countries.
Note 19 Related Party Transactions
In August 2001, we entered into a 30-month consulting agreement with one of our former directors,
under which the former director received $600,000 for services rendered. Amounts paid under this
agreement were $200,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. The agreement expired in February
2004.
In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive
officer. The loan in the amount of $200,000 bears interest at the rate of 5.28% per annum, with
interest payable annually to us on each December 15th. The loan is collateralized by the primary
residence purchased and the principal is payable on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007, (ii)
within twelve months following a demand from us but only in the event the executive officer ceases
being our employee or in the event of a default under the loan; or (iii) on the closing of a sale
or transfer of the property. This related party note receivable is
included in other assets on our balance sheet at December 31,
2005 and 2004.
65
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 20 Contingencies
Product Warranties
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty period ranges up to three years. We provide for estimated
product warranty expenses, which are included in cost of goods sold, as we sell the related products. Because warranty expense is a forecast
based on the best available information, mostly historical claims experience, actual claim costs
may differ from the amounts provided. The change in the liability for product warranties is
presented below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals for |
|
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Warranties |
|
(in Cash or in |
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Issued During |
|
Kind) During |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
the Period |
|
the Period |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
183 |
|
|
$ |
443 |
|
|
$ |
(212 |
) |
|
$ |
414 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
$ |
285 |
|
|
$ |
(197 |
) |
|
$ |
183 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
$ |
181 |
|
|
$ |
(181 |
) |
|
$ |
95 |
|
Litigation
In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All S.A.S.) brought an action against a former
distributor of the subsidiarys products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor
filed a counterclaim against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for
administrative and other services rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005,
the parties agreed to include claims between the distributor and two of our other subsidiaries,
namely, Universal Electronics BV (UEBV) and One For All Iberia SL, such that the proceeding
covers all claims and counterclaims between the various parties and further agreed that before any
judgments are to be paid, all matters of conflict between the various parties would be concluded.
These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages resulting from the wrongful
termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in one of the litigation matters
brought by the distributor against one of the subsidiaries, rendered judgment against the
subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately
$102,000. The subsidiary has appealed this decision and asked the court to stay the execution of
the judgment as it is part of the overall litigation matters between the various parties. In
February 2006, the court denied our subsidiarys request and it has filed an appeal seeking to stay
this judgment. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of
2005 and is recorded as a liability as of December 31, 2005. With respect to the remaining matters
before the court, the parties met with the court appointed expert in February 2006, and we expect
the expert to finalize and file his pre-trial report to the court, the filing of which is expected
to occur during the quarter ending June 30, 2006. We will continue to seek a settlement of all of
these matters, but if settlement is not possible, each of the subsidiaries will continue to
disagree with the allegations of the former distributor and will vigorously defended itself against
the counterclaims.
In 2003, an ex-employee of one of our subsidiaries brought an action against our subsidiary seeking
damages in the amount of approximately $191,000 for wrongful termination. The subsidiary disagreed
with these allegations and vigorously defended itself against this claim. In January 2005, judgment
was rendered for the ex-employee awarding him approximately $26,000 in damages. In March 2005, our
subsidiary paid this judgment. In February 2005, the ex-employee filed a notice of appeal, which
has been scheduled for hearing in late 2006. It is our intention to seek a settlement of this
matter with the ex-employee. If a settlement is not possible, our subsidiary will again vigorously
defend itself.
On January 7, 2004, James D. Lyon, Trustee for the bankruptcy estate of Computrex, Inc. (Trustee)
filed an action against us alleging that we received preferential treatment in connection with
certain payments amounting to $528,000 made on our behalf by Computrex to our freight carriers. In
addition to seeking a return of the alleged preferential payments, the Trustee has asked for costs,
and pre- and post-judgment
interest. We have not yet answered this complaint and will not need to do so as this action is
currently in abeyance while the Trustee appeals an adverse ruling against it in another matter
having facts similar to those in the Trustees action against us. In April 2005, an appellate court
affirmed the ruling against the Trustee in this other matter. If and when we answer, we intend to
deny all of the material allegations
66
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
made
against us and defend this matter vigorously and we will continue to
pursue the proof of claim we filed in May 2002
in the amount of $106,000 with the Bankruptcy Court against the bankruptcy estate of Computrex
seeking a return of freight charges paid to Computrex for which it failed to remit to our freight
carriers.
There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to
the ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which
our respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in
any of the pending matters have merit and, except for the employment matter of which we intend to
seek settlement, we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them. As of December 31, 2004,
because incurring a loss relating to the employment matter was both probable and estimable, a loss
contingency of $191,000 was recorded and still remains on the books at December 31, 2005.
We maintain directors and officers liability insurance which insures our individual directors and
officers against certain claims such as those alleged in the above lawsuits, as well as attorneys
fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such claims.
Note 21 SimpleDevices, Inc.
From October 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004, we acquired over 99% of the outstanding shares of
SimpleDevices, Inc. for approximately $12.8 million in cash, including direct acquisition costs of
$0.3 million. We intend to purchase the remaining shares when the sellers are located. The
transaction also includes a potential performance-based payment of unregistered common stock, if
certain future financial objectives are realized, which has not been reflected as part of the
purchase price as of December 31, 2005 since it is not probable such objectives will be achieved.
The results of SimpleDevices operations have been included in the consolidated financial
statements since the date of acquisition.
Pro forma results (unaudited)
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of our
operations and SimpleDevices as if the acquisition had occurred at
January 1, 2004. An adjustment of $84 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2004 has been made to the
combined results of operations, reflecting primarily the amortization of purchased intangible
assets, net of tax. The pro-forma net income does not reflect the write-off of $240,000 of acquired in-process
research and development of SimpleDevices.
Pro forma
results for the year ended December 31, 2004 are listed below
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue: |
|
|
|
$ |
159,760 |
|
Net income: |
|
|
|
$ |
7,474 |
|
Basic and diluted net income per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
$ |
0.55 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the
consolidated results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition actually been
completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as a projection of the future
consolidated results of our operations.
Potential Performance-Based Payment of Unregistered Common Stock
On October 1, 2004, in conjunction with the purchase of SimpleDevices, we executed a Stock Option
Exchange Agreement (agreement) with the holders of non-vested options to purchase the common
stock of SimpleDevices. The terms of this agreement included the cancellation of these non-vested
67
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
options. In consideration for this cancellation we extended the right to receive 65,842 shares of
Universal Electronic Inc. unregistered stock contingent on meeting certain performance based
criteria, including specified operating income levels through the years ending December 31, 2005
and 2006. As of December 31, 2005 the probability that these performance targets will be met is
remote. As such, the performance-based payment has not been reflected as part of the purchase price
as of December 31, 2005.
Note 22 Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
|
|
31, |
|
|
30, (2) |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
41,502 |
|
|
$ |
44,322 |
|
|
$ |
46,206 |
|
|
$ |
49,319 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
15,716 |
|
|
|
15,718 |
|
|
|
16,994 |
|
|
|
18,699 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
1,684 |
|
|
|
974 |
|
|
|
3,671 |
|
|
|
5,348 |
|
Net income |
|
|
1,856 |
|
|
|
1,545 |
|
|
|
2,777 |
|
|
|
3,523 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,518 |
|
|
|
13,467 |
|
|
|
13,391 |
|
|
|
13,472 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,082 |
|
|
|
13,983 |
|
|
|
13,918 |
|
|
|
13,984 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
|
|
31, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, (3) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
32,611 |
|
|
$ |
34,011 |
|
|
$ |
40,047 |
|
|
$ |
51,711 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
12,664 |
|
|
|
12,879 |
|
|
|
15,793 |
|
|
|
20,244 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
2,080 |
|
|
|
2,417 |
|
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
|
5,747 |
|
Net income |
|
|
1,778 |
|
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
|
1,928 |
|
|
|
3,720 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,715 |
|
|
|
13,483 |
|
|
|
13,496 |
|
|
|
13,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,052 |
|
|
|
13,889 |
|
|
|
14,029 |
|
|
|
14,206 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon the
weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period, and the sum of the quarters
may not be equal to the full year earnings per common share amounts. |
|
(2) |
|
The comparability of the financial data for the second quarter of 2005 is affected by a
one-time $1.6 million write down of a balance due from a former European distributor. |
|
(3) |
|
The comparability of the financial data for the quarter ended December 31, 2004 is affected
by the October 1, 2004 acquisition of SimpleDevices, Inc. and the inclusion of their financial
results. |
68
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004, AND 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for inventory: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
3,806 |
|
|
$ |
2,735 |
|
|
$ |
(4,267 |
) |
|
$ |
2,274 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
3,026 |
|
|
$ |
3,788 |
|
|
$ |
(3,008 |
) |
|
$ |
3,806 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
1,275 |
|
|
$ |
2,890 |
|
|
$ |
(1,139 |
) |
|
$ |
3,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for income tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
536 |
|
|
$ |
84 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
620 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
137 |
|
|
$ |
399 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
536 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
|
$ |
109 |
|
|
$ |
28 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
137 |
|
69
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) defines disclosure controls and procedures to mean controls and
procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commissions rules and forms. The
definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation,
controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to the companys management, including its principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our principal executive and principal financial officers, of the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered
by this report. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and principal financial officers
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the
period covered by this report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be
disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission
rules and forms.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with
the participation of our management, including our principal executive and principal financial
officers, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on
the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2005 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect
our internal controls subsequent to the date the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting
Officer (principal financial officer) completed their evaluation.
70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics, Inc.
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Universal Electronics, Inc.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Universal Electronics, Inc.
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issues by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Universal Electronics, Inc.s
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Universal Electronics, Inc. maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all
material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion,
Universal Electronics, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Universal Electronics, Inc. as of December
31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows
for the year then ended, and our report dated March 10, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 10, 2006
71
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
72
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our directors will be contained
in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. Information regarding executive officers of the Company
is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.
Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed subsequent to the date of filing this Form 10-K, under the caption Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance. Copies of Section 16 reports, Forms 3, 4 and 5, are available on
our website, www.uei.com under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page.
Code of Conduct. We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including
without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer. A copy of the Code of Conduct is included as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044). The
Code of Conduct also is available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption Corporate
Governance on the Investor page. We will post on our website information regarding any amendment
to, or waiver from, any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Exchange Act.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
Information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Exchange Act.
The following summarizes our equity compensation plans at December 31, 2005:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
for future issuance |
|
|
Securities to be |
|
|
|
|
|
under equity |
|
|
issued upon |
|
Weighted-average |
|
compensation plans |
|
|
exercise of |
|
exercise price of |
|
(excluding |
|
|
outstanding |
|
outstanding |
|
securities |
|
|
options, warrants |
|
options, warrants |
|
reflected in column |
Plan Category |
|
and rights |
|
and rights |
|
(a)) |
|
Equity
compensation plans
approved by
security holders |
|
|
1,708,326 |
|
|
$ |
13.76 |
|
|
|
99,750 |
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders |
|
|
1,442,224 |
|
|
|
13.63 |
|
|
|
47,997 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
3,150,550 |
|
|
$ |
13.70 |
|
|
|
147,747 |
|
|
73
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA- Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 10 for a description of each of our stock option plans.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Exchange Act.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to
our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) |
|
List of Financial Statements |
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(a)(2) |
|
List of Financial Statement Schedules |
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statement schedules included herein.
(a)(3) |
|
List of Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601(a) of the Regulation S-K are included as
Exhibits to this Report: |
See
EXHIBIT INDEX at page 75 to Form 10-K.
74
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Cypress, State of California on the 16th day of March, 2006.
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
By:
/s/ Paul D. Arling
Paul D. Arling
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul D. Arling and Bryan M.
Hackworth as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers of
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and
all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises,
as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, thereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below on the 16th day of March, 2006, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
NAME & TITLE |
|
SIGNATURE |
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Robert P. Lilleness |
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
|
/s/ Robert P. Lilleness |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce A. Henderson |
|
|
Director and Audit Committee Member
|
|
/s/ Bruce A. Henderson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
William C. Mulligan |
|
|
Director and Audit Committee Member
|
|
/s/ William C. Mulligan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. C. Sparkman |
|
|
Director and Audit Committee Member
|
|
/s/ J.C. Sparkman |
|
|
|
75
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc., as amended (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File
No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Article Eighth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions
restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing
higher voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions unless the transaction has been
approved by two-thirds of the disinterested directors or fair price provisions have been met.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.1 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
to Amendment No. 1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about January 21, 1993 (File No.
33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.2 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to
the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on May 1, 1995 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.3 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in
connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.4 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain non-affiliated
directors used in connection with options granted to the non-affiliated directors pursuant to the
Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.5 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to
the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.6 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employers used in
connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement
filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985)) |
76
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.7 |
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.8 |
|
|
Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.9 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to
the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on April 20, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.10 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in
connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Revolving Loan and Security Agreement dated October 2, 1998 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Copy of Revolving Note dated October 2, 1998 by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Patent and Trademark Collateral Assignment dated October 2, 1998 by and between Universal Electronics Inc.
and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31, 1999
(File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.14 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to
the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.15 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in
connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the
1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No.
0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.16 |
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.17 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan effective October 7, 1999 and
subsequently amended February 1, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
77
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.18 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain employees used in
connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A
Nonqualified Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.19 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49
to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14,
2002 (File No. 0-21044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.20 |
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain directors, officers
and other employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No.
0-21044 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.21 |
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to
the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on April 28, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
Promissory Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.24 |
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003 by and between Universal Electronics
Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.25 |
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 2003 by and between Universal Electronics Inc.
and Robert P. Lilleness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.26 |
|
|
Form of First Amendment to Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated October 21, 2005 by and between
Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.27 |
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease dated December 1, 2005 between Warland Investments Company and Universal
Electronics Inc. (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*10.28 |
|
|
Form of Change in Control and Salary Continuation Agreement Dated March 3, 2006 between Universal
Electronics Inc. and Robert P. Lilleness (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
78
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton LLP (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Power of Attorney (filed as part of the signature page hereto) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer) (filed
herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer) (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Items 15(a)(3)
and 15(c) of Form 10-K. |
79
Exhibit 10.26
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the
"First Amendment") is made and entered into this 21st day of October, 2005 by
and between UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. (the "Employer") and PAUL D. ARLING
("Executive").
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive are parties to that certain
Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003; and
WHEREAS, the Executive Officer Employment Agreement is set to expire on
April 30, 2006; and
WHEREAS, the parties wish to (i) extend the expiration date of the
Executive Officer Employment Agreement to April 30, 2009, and (ii) amend
Paragraph 4 of the Executive Officer Employment Agreement by providing for a
bonus to be paid to Executive in accordance with certain terms and conditions as
set forth within this First Amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as
follows:
1. Subparagraph 3(a) of the Executive Officer Employment Agreement
is hereby amended to provide that the Executive Officer Employment Agreement
shall continue through the end of business on April 30, 2009 (the "Extended
Term").
2. Paragraph 4 of the Executive Officer Employment Agreement is
hereby amended by adding new subparagraph (k) as follows:
" (k). STAY BONUS. A bonus in the amount of $200,000 shall be
paid to Executive on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007 (the
"Stay Bonus Pay Date") but only so long as Executive is an
employee of Employer on the Stay Bonus Pay Date, (ii) the
effective date that Executive ceases to be an employee of
Employer due to Executive's election to terminate his employment
with Employer for Good Reason as provided in subparagraph
3(b)(ii) of the Executive Officer Employment Agreement."
1
3. Except as specifically modified as set forth in this First
Amendment, the Executive Officer Employment Agreement shall be and remain in
full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Agreement as of this
21st day of October, 2005.
Signed and acknowledged in UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
the presence of:
By:
- --------------------------- ---------------------------
JC Sparkman, Chairman of the
Compensation Committee of the
UEI Board of the Directors
PAUL D. ARLING
- --------------------------- -------------------------------
Signature
2
Exhibit 10.27
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY 1299 OCEAN AVENUE, SUITE 300
SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90401 (310) 395-7811 FAX: (310) 395-7706
December 22, 2005
Myron Galchutt
Newmark of Southern California
18400 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 130
Irvine, CA 92612
RE: UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS LEASE EXTENSION
6101 GATEWAY DRIVE, CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA
Dear Myron:
Enclose for forwarding to Universal Electronics are one fully executed original
of the Third Amendment to Lease, providing for the six-year lease extension
commencing January 1, 2006, and one fully executed original of the Parking
License Agreement between Universal and Warland.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Peggy A. Kratka
- ----------------------------------
Peggy A. Kratka
Senior Project Manager
Enclosures
Cc w/enclosures: Henry Stiepel, Esq. (duplicate original)
Brian DeRevere
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE ("AMENDMENT") is entered into as of
December 1, 2005, between WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY, a California limited
partnership ("LANDLORD") and UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC., a Delaware corporation
("TENANT"), with reference to the following:
RECITALS:
A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Lease dated
November 1, 1997, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated
February 21, 2001 and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated May 27, 2003
(collectively, the "LEASE") pursuant to which Tenant currently leases from
Landlord certain premise commonly known as 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress,
California (the "PREMISES"). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
shall have the same meaning as given to them in the Lease.
B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to (i) increase the
size of the Premises by approximately 3,312 square feet, (ii) extend the Lease
Term, (iii) set forth the Basic Monthly Rent payable during such extended Lease
Term, and (iv) otherwise amend the Lease as more particularly set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for
other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be modified
and/or supplemented as follows:
1. EXPANSION OF THE PREMISES. As of the Extension Term Commencement Date
(as hereinafter defined) the Premises shall consist for all purposes of 34,080
square feet as depicted on the plot plan ("PLOT PLAN") attached hereto as
Exhibit "A". Exhibit "A" to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and
replaced with Exhibit "A" to this Amendment. The square footage of the Premises
for all purposes under the Lease shall be deemed to be 34,080 square feet based
upon industrial drip line measurement, whether the actual square footage is
greater than or less than 34,080 square feet,
2. EXTENDED TERM. The Lease Term is hereby extended for an additional
period of seventy-three (73) months commencing on January 1, 2006 ("EXTENDED
TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE") and expiring on January 31, 2012 (the "EXTENDED TERM").
3. RENT. The Basic Monthly Rent for the Extended Term shall be as follows:
Period Basic Monthly Rent
------ ------------------
1/1/06-12/31/07 $28,286.40 ($.83 per square foot), triple net
1/1/08-12/31/09 $29,990.40 ($.88 per square foot), triple net
1/1/10-1/31/12 $31,694.40 ($.93 per square foot), triple net
Provided that Tenant is not then in Default or an event has occurred which with
the passage of time would constitute a Default, the Base Monthly Rent for the
month of January 2006 shall
-1-
abate (the "ABATED RENT PERIOD"). During the Abated Rent Period, Tenant shall
pay Additional Rent and all other amounts due under this Lease.
4. PREMISES WORK. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Construction
Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B", Tenant shall have the right to perform
certain leasehold improvement work within the Premises.
5. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant confirms that it is currently in
possession of the Premises and accepts the Premises and any portion thereof in
its now-current and future "AS IS" condition, with all faults and defects,
whether latent or patent.
6. PARKING SPACES. Paragraph 2(d) of the Fundamental Lease Provisions of
the Lease is hereby amended to increase the number of Premises Parking Spaces
from 120 to 123. Further, subject to the terms and conditions of the Parking
License Agreement in the form of attached Exhibit "C" and executed concurrently
with this Amendment (the "PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT"), Tenant shall have the
right to use the additional thirty (30) Parking Spaces on the Parking Parcel (as
those terms are defined in the Parking License Agreement).
7. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM. Tenant shall have one (1) five (5)- year option
(the "OPTION") to extend the Extended Term (the "EXTENDED TERM") on the same
terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease, except that the Basic Monthly
Rent shall be adjusted on the first day of the Extended Term to ninety-five
percent (95%) of the "FAIR MARKET RENT" for the Premises then in effect
established pursuant to the attached Exhibit "D". Thereafter, the Basic Monthly
Rent shall be increased (but never decreased) on the first day of every
twenty-fifth (25th) month of the Extended Term ("ADJUSTMENT DATE") in accordance
with the percentage increases, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban
Consumers (Los Angeles/Anaheim/Riverside Area; Base 1982-84=100) ("INDEX"), as
published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.
For the first adjustment of Basic Monthly Rent pursuant to this Section, the
Index in effect four (4) months before the Extended Term Commencement Date shall
be compared to the Index in effect on the fourth (4) month before that
Adjustment Date, and the Basic Monthly Rent shall be increased by such
percentage increase, if any, between such indices. On the second Adjustment
date, the Index in effect four (4) months before the first Adjustment Date shall
be compared to the Index in effect on the fourth (4) month before that second
Adjustment Date, and the Basic Monthly Rent shall be increased by such
percentage increase, if any, between such indices. However, on each such
Adjustment Date, the Basic Monthly Rent shall be increased by at least three
percent (3%) compounded annually for the immediately preceding twenty-four (24)
months, but in no event shall the Basic Monthly Rent be increased on each such
Adjustment Date by more than six percent (6%) compounded annually for the
immediately preceding twenty-four (24) months. The Option shall be exercised
only by written unconditional notice received by Landlord at least nine (9)
months before expiration of the Extended Term. If Landlord does not timely
receive Tenant's written unconditional notice of the exercise of art Option in
accordance with the preceding sentence, the Option, shall immediately lapse, and
there shall be no further right to extend the Term. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event (i) Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary
default on the date the Option Notice is given or (ii) should Landlord have
given to Tenant two (2) or more notices regarding Tenant's failure to pay rent
when due during the Extended Term or (iii) should Tenant be in monetary or
material non-monetary default on the date the Extended Term expires, then in
each event Tenant's Option shall be
-2-
deemed automatically terminated. The Option is personal to Tenant and its
affiliates (as defined in Section 9.8 of the Lease) and, except as set forth in
Section 9.8 of the Lease, may not be assigned to any third party. Pursuant to
the First Amendment to Lease dated February 21, 2001 (the "FIRST AMENDMENT") and
thereafter pursuant to the Second Amendment to Lease dated May 27, 2003, Tenant
extended the Lease Term in lieu of the exercise of the Option (as defined in
Section 13.1 of the Lease); accordingly, Tenant acknowledges that the First
Amendment terminated Tenant's rights under Section 13.1 of the Lease, and
Tenant's only existing option to extend the Lease Term is as set forth in this
Section 7.
8. BROKERS. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that except for
Newmark of Southern California, it has not dealt with any real estate broker,
agent or finder in connection with this Amendment or its negotiations with
respect to the Premises or any portion thereof. Tenant shall indemnify, defend
(with counsel satisfactory to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord harmless from
any and all costs, expenses, claims, damages, losses or liabilities (including
costs of suit and reasonable attorneys' fees) resulting from any breach by
Tenant of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any
claims that may be asserted by any broker, agent or finder.
9. GENERAL.
(a) Security Deposit. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any
statute now or hereafter in effect which would prevent Landlord from
applying all or any portion of the Security Deposit to offset any future
Rent owing to Landlord at the termination of this Lease prior to the
Expiration Date, including, without limitation, California Civil Code
Section 1950.7.
(b) Effect of Amendment; Ratification. Except to the extent the Lease
is modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall
remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of conflict
between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Amendment, the terms
of this Amendment shall prevail.
(c) Counterparts. If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each
counterpart shall be deemed an original.
(d) Governing Law. This Amendment and any enforcement of the
agreements and modifications set forth above shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
(e) Exhibits. All exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated
herein by this reference.
(f) Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any controversy, claim or dispute
between the parties affecting or relating to the purposes or subject matter
of this Amendment, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from
the non-prevailing party all of its reasonable expenses, including
attorneys' and accountants' fees.
-3-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment
as of the date first written above.
"TENANT" UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ PAUL ARLING
------------------------------------
Name: PAUL ARLING
Title: CHAIRMAN & CEO
By:
------------------------------------
Name:
----------------------------------
Title:
---------------------------------
"LANDLORD" WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,
a California limited partnership
By: /s/ CARL W. ROBERTSON
------------------------------------
Carl W. Robertson,
Co-Managing Director
By: /s/ JOHN C. LAW
------------------------------------
John C. Law,
Co-Managing Director
-4-
EXHIBIT "A"
DEPICTION OF THE PREMISES
EXHIBIT "A"
(TRACT NO. 467 DRAWING)
EXHIBIT "B"
CONSTRUCTION LETTER
Tenant and Landlord are executing simultaneously with this Construction
Agreement ("Agreement") that certain Third Amendment to Lease (the "LEASE")
covering the Premises described 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California. This
Agreement is incorporated into and made a part of the Amendment. All capitalized
terms herein have the same definition as in the Lease. In consideration of the
mutual covenants contained in the Lease and for other valuable consideration,
Tenant and Landlord agree that the Premises shall be improved as set forth
below.
1. Tenant's Construction Obligations. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall
employ a fully licensed and bonded general contractor approved by Landlord
("CONTRACTOR"), to construct all tenant improvements within the Premises in
strict accordance with the plans and specifications to be approved by Landlord
as set forth below (the "TENANT IMPROVEMENTS"). Landlord shall have no
responsibility for construction of the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant will
remedy, at Tenant's expense, and will be responsible for any and all defects in
all such construction that may appear during or after the completion thereof.
Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any extra
expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or Tenant's
contractors or by reason of inadequate cleanup.
2. Approval of Plans and Specifications.
Tenant shall prepare and deliver to Landlord for Landlord's review and approval
three (3) sets, plus one (1) reproducible set, of all of the final working
drawings for the Tenant Improvements ("TI DRAWINGS") which shall cover the work
generally described on attached Schedule 1. Upon completion of Landlord's
review, Tenant shall have five (5) days in which to resubmit, if necessary,
revised TI Drawings to Landlord for Landlord's review and approval. Landlord
shall not have any obligation to approve any TI Drawings that (i) do not conform
to applicable statutes, ordinances or regulations or is disapproved by any
governmental agency, (ii) requires building service beyond the level normally
provided to other tenants in the Business Center, (iii) overload the floor, (iv)
may, as determined by Landlord, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion,
adversely impact the structural integrity of the Building or any of the Building
systems, (v) can be seen from the exterior of the Building, (vi) increase any of
Landlord's costs, or (vii) are, in Landlord's sole opinion, of a nature or
quality that is inconsistent with the objectives of Landlord for the Business
Center. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on the TI Drawings, such
dispute shall be resolved by the Landlord, DeRevere & Associates, whose
determination shall be final. Following such approval of the TI Drawings, both
parties shall sign and deliver to each other duplicate copies of the TI
Drawings. Thereafter, changes may be made only in strict accordance with the
construction contract for the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord shall have
approval rights therein to any material changes. The term "APPROVED DRAWINGS"
shall include such changes.
Upon receipt of a request by Tenant to approve the TI Drawings for any part
thereof, Landlord shall have ten (10) business days following receipt of the
request together with all reasonable supporting documentation in which to review
in good faith the submitted drawings and other documents to determine whether
they meet the standards for the Building. On or before the expiration of the
review period, Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant in writing any
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 1 of 10
comments, suggestions, modifications or objections it may have to the submitted
drawings or documents.
3. Approval of Contractor, Subcontractors and Materialmen. At least ten
(10) business days prior to commencement of construction, Tenant shall furnish
to Landlord the names and addresses of all contractors, subcontractors and
materialmen employed or to be employed in connection with construction of the
Tenant Improvements. Within five (5) business days after receiving this list
together with the qualifications and experience of such contractors and
subcontractors, Landlord may disapprove of the use of any contractor,
subcontractor or materialman set forth on that list. If Landlord fails to notify
Tenant of any such disapproval within this five (5) business day period,
Landlord shall be deemed to have so approved.
4. Construction Allowance.
4.1. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a construction allowance in
the amount of Four Hundred Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty Dollars
($408,960.00) (the "ALLOWANCE"). The Allowance shall be applied to, without
limitation, all elements of the cost of construction, including, without
limitation, all architectural, design and engineering fees, space planning fees,
the fees of Landlord's roofing consultant and contractor to if the Tenant
Improvements in any way affect the Building roof, city and regulatory agency
permit and license fees and plan checks, Title 24 fees, all labor, all
materials, all construction-related utility charges (including, without
limitation, all charges for electrical power and water used during construction,
the cost of all bonds and permits, and all other fees and costs necessary for
the construction of the Tenant Improvements (collectively, "CONSTRUCTION COST").
The Allowance shall not be applied to the fixturizing or cabling the premises or
to the purchase, lease, or finance of any furnitures, fixtures, equipment or
inventory. However, if the Construction Cost exceeds the Allowance, Tenant shall
have the option, to be exercised if at all by delivering written notice to
Landlord at any time before the Extended Term Commencement Date, to request
Landlord to fund an additional allowance to construct the Tenant Improvements
subject to this Section 4 of up to Two and 50/100 Dollars ($2,50) per square
foot of the Premises (the "ADDITIONAL TI ALLOWANCE"). If so requested and if
Landlord then agrees, in Landlord's sole discretion, to fund the Additional TI
Allowance, the Additional TI Allowance shall be amortized over the Extended Term
(as defined in the Amendment) at ten percent (10%) per annum and added to
Monthly Basic Rent for all purposes under the Lease. The term "ALLOWANCE" shall
collectively mean the Tenant Improvement Allowance and, if elected, the
Additional TI Allowance,
4.2. Landlord makes no representation or warranty, express or implied,
by this Amendment or otherwise that the Allowance will be sufficient to complete
construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved
Drawings. Tenant shall pay for all costs to construct the Tenant Improvements to
the extent the Construction Cost exceeds the Allowance. To the extent the
Construction Cost is less than the Allowance, that amount shall be retained by
Landlord. Construction shall not commence until Landlord has fully approved the
plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements as set forth in Section 2,
above.
4.3. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its cost but with
Landlord's reasonable cooperation, for obtaining all required licenses and
permits in connection with the permitted use of the Premises, including, without
limitation, any certificate of occupancy or equivalent permit. Tenant shall be
solely responsible, at Tenant's cost, for procurement of Tenant's business
license.
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 2 of 10
5. Disbursement of Allowance. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements
(as determined by Landlord) and following expiration of the lien period (as
defined below) and provided there are no unpaid claims received by Landlord or
construction related liens filed against the Premises before expiration of the
lien period, Landlord shall, upon written request from Tenant, disburse the
Allowance directly to Tenant (or, as Landlord may determine, by joint check to
Tenant and the general contractor). The written request shall be accompanied by
construction and other cost vouchers and invoices, together with (i) a list of
all work performed and (ii) unconditional final lien releases from the
contractors and materialmen in the form required by Civil Code Section 3262 for
the Tenant Improvements. Each of the foregoing documents shall be initialed by
Tenant and the Contractor. The initials shall indicate approval of all
documents. All vouchers and invoices for construction costs presented by Tenant
to Landlord shall constitute a representation on the part of Tenant that the
funds referred to therein have been used solely for paying only the direct costs
of construction of the Tenant Improvements. In the event Landlord has paid
utility bills during construction (including, without limitation, electrical and
water charges) the amount of said bills shall be deducted from the Allowance
disbursed to Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless
from all liability, claims and causes of action for payment of any voucher as
presented. The words "EXPIRATION OF THE LIEN PERIOD" shall mean thirty-five (35)
days after the filing of the Notice of Completion for the Tenant Improvements
and the complete, conditional releases by the Contractor and all subcontractors
and materialmen of their respective lien rights against the Premises. If a
Notice of Completion is not filed for record, "expiration of the lien period"
shall mean ninety-five (95) days after completion of construction, as determined
by Landlord's representative, and the complete, conditional releases by the
Contractor and all subcontractors and materialmen of their respective lien
rights against the Premises.
6. Inspection of Progress of Construction. Landlord and its agents shall
have the right at all times during construction of the Tenant Improvements to
enter upon the Premises during construction. If the construction is not in
substantial compliance with the Approved Drawings or with applicable statutes,
regulations, or ordinances, Landlord may direct the contractor to conform
construction, at Tenant's cost, to such standards. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Landlord is under no obligation to construct or supervise
construction of the Tenant Improvements. Any inspection by Landlord shall be for
the sole purpose of protecting Landlord's interests and is not to be relied upon
in any regard by Tenant. Furthermore, any inspection by Landlord shall not be
representation that there has been or will be compliance with the plans and
specifications, applicable laws, regulations or ordinances or that the
construction is free from faulty material or workmanship. Tenant hereby assumes
all such risks and shall make or cause to be made any and all such other
inspections as Tenant may desire for its own protection and/or as required by
law.
7. Indemnification of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold
Landlord harmless from and against all claims, causes of action, costs
(including attorneys' fees), damages and liabilities arising from or in
connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements, including without
limitation any and all personal injuries and all mechanics' and materialmen's
liens arising therefrom.
8. Notices. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall record
a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder of Orange County. Tenant
irrevocably appoints Landlord as agent to file for record any notices of
completion, cessation of labor, or other notice
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 3 of 10
that Landlord deems necessary to file for record to protect any of Landlord's
interests under this Agreement.
9. Insurance. No construction shall proceed without workers' compensation
and public liability insurance and property damage insurance, all in amounts and
with companies satisfying the requirements of the Lease. Before commencing the
construction, certificates of such insurance shall be furnished to Landlord by
Tenant, the general contractor, and each major subcontractor and supplier
entering the Business Center. If requested, the original policies thereof shall
be submitted for Landlord's approval. All such policies shall provide that
thirty (30) days written notice must be given to Landlord and Landlord's lender
before termination or cancellation.
10. Commencement Date. Under no circumstances shall Contractor's failure to
complete the Tenant Improvements in a timely manner in any way affect the
Extended Term Commencement Date.
11. Construction Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall cause Contractor and
all subcontractors and suppliers to comply with the construction rules and
regulations attached hereto as Schedule 2.
12. Roof Work. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right
to conduct any work on or to the roof of the Building, including causing any
roof penetrations, without procuring Landlord's consent in full compliance with
this Construction Agreement. In the event Landlord consents to such roof work as
part of the Approved Drawings, Tenant shall coordinate all such roof work with
Landlord's approved roofing consultant and roofing contractor and shall pay all
costs and fees charged by them.
13. Miscellaneous.
13.1. All of Tenant's contractors, subcontractors, employees, servants
and agents must work in harmony and shall not interfere with any work undertaken
by or through Landlord, or with the work of any other tenant of the Business
Center or its contractors.
13.2. Any work to be performed in adjacent tenant's areas shall be
pursued only after obtaining that tenant's and Landlord's express written
permission and shall be done only if any agent or employee of Landlord is
present. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the expense of any such employee or
agent.
13.3. If any shutdown of plumbing, electrical, or air conditioning
equipment becomes necessary, Tenant shall notify Landlord, and Landlord will
determine when such shutdown shall be done only if an agent or employee of
Landlord is present. Tenant will reimburse Landlord for any resulting expenses
including the expense of any such employee of agent.
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 4 of 10
SCHEDULE 1
DESCRIPTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 5 of 10
(OFFICE EXPENTION DRAWING)
SCHEDULE 2
CONSTRUCTION WORK RULES AND REGULATIONS
(WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY LOGO)
PROPERTY OWNER: Warland Investments Company
PROPERTY MANAGER: Susan Garey (714) 895-5908
MANAGEMENT FAX NUMBER: (714) 898-3453
The following information outlines the construction work rules and regulations
(R&Rs), which will be followed by all construction firms working at WARLAND
CYPRESS BUSINESS CENTER. These R&Rs apply to general construction, Tenant lease
space construction, and all other construction related activities. No deviation
or exception will be permitted without the expressed, written approval of
Warland Investments Company ("WARLAND") who owns and manages the property.
Questions or comments should be directed to the Property Manager at Warland.
1. Prior to any construction activities, the Contractor shall agree to abide
by and conform to these R&Rs and shall acknowledge such agreement for
itself and all others performing any portion of the work by or through the
Contractor, including subcontracts and materials supplier's by executing
these R&Rs where shown.
2. If the Contractor is hired directly by the Tenant, the Tenant will be
primarily responsible for the Tenant's Contractor and its Subcontractors,
workmen, suppliers, etc. Any action detrimental to the Building(s) is the
sole responsibility of the Tenant. Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible
for enforcing these R&Rs with all the Subcontractors, workmen and anyone
else working on the Premises.
3. Plans and specifications setting forth all work to be performed by the
Contractor shall be submitted and approved by Warland in writing prior to
work being commenced. Upon completion, Contractor shall deliver to Warland
"AS BUILT" drawings of any derivations from original approved plans.
4. All costs, including but not limited to, costs for permits, fees and
licenses necessary for the execution of work shall be the sole and
exclusive obligation of the Contractor or its Subcontractors provided
however, such costs may, if agreed by tenant, be passed on to the Tenant
for whom work is performed.
5. Immediately upon being awarded a job, the Superintendent of the successful
bidder is required to set-up a field office. The field office can vary from
a table in the corner of the construction space for a small job to a
separate office for larger projects. The following is a checklist of items
to set-up and is maintained at all times on the job:
A. Full set of Project Drawings and Specifications (as submitted for
building permit).
B. Addendum Drawings and specifications
C. First Aid Kit
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 6 of 10
D. Safety Posters and Safety Manual
E. Safety Equipment
F. Memorandums and Drawing Transmittals
G. Daily Log
H. Inspection Logs
I. Visitor Log and Release Forms
J. Extra Work Authorization
K. Hard Hats as required
L. Office supplies (as applicable)
M. Office furniture
N. Drawing Transmittals
O. Schedule (bar chart minimum)
6. The field office should also contain a full set of project files in a
locked cabinet. These files should contain all correspondence and copies of
contracts and insurance certificates with all subcontractors.
7. The Contractor shall maintain supervisory personnel on site at all times
and will provide direct supervision of any and all Work being performed
including the delivery of materials. Such supervisory personnel shall be
fully empowered to coordinate, respond for and authorize Subcontractors to
perform such Work as is necessary to enable the Work to proceed.
8. The Contractor shall be responsible for all its actions on site as well as
those of its Subcontractors. Any damage to the Building caused by the
Contractor shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to
Warland. Care shall be taken to protect ceiling, walls, doors, and carpets
of tenant areas when moving construction materials, trash, etc. This shall
be accomplished by installing masonite on the floor, and plastic on doors,
walls, and ceilings. Clean up of these areas upon completion of the job is
the responsibility of the Contractor.
9. All risk of loss to all property of the Contractor and its Subcontractor,
including but not limited to, tools and materials located on the Premises,
shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the General Contractor
and its Subcontractors and Warland shall have no responsibility of the
General Contractor and its Subcontractors and Warland shall have no
responsibility therefore.
10. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with laws, rules,
regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the performance
of the Work.
11. Since each job differs in scope, it is necessary that Contractor set up job
meetings according to the job needs. Each Contractor's Superintendent must
set his own time interval between job meetings, notify Warland of their
scheduling and once the intervals are set, maintain them on a regular
basis.
12. All construction workers must be properly, permanently, and visually
identified. The identification system must be approved prior to the start
of any work and may take the form of hard hats with numbered decals or
badges for attachment to clothing. All companies will maintain an updated
list of authorized workers with Warland and will notify Warland of each
change.
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 7 of 10
13. All workers shall maintain their actions while in the Building(s) in a
professional manner to include but not limited to:
A. No abusive language.
B. No smoking or drinking on property.
C. No use of radios in areas which are accessible to the public or from
which the public may hear them being played.
14. Warland reserves the right to add other restrictions to those listed above
as may be reasonably deemed necessary to provide for the comfort and safety
of the tenants.
15. No storage of supplies or trash will be allowed in the Building(s) at any
time. All work and adjacent areas are to be kept reasonably cleaned and
free of trash, debris and non-useful materials at all times at Contractor's
cost. Failure to do so will result in Warland providing this service and
charging the contractor accordingly. Warland must approve placement of roll
up trash dumpsters prior to placement. Trash dumpsters must be in good
condition, free of any graffiti or unappropriate signs, words or language.
If trash dumpsters are used at curbside, Contractor must obtain and pay for
street use permits and maintain the area in a clean fashion. Building trash
containers are not to be used.
16. No storage of flammable substances will be allowed in the Building(s)
unless approved by Warland and in accordance with approved building codes
and regulations.
17. No interviewing of job applicants or Subcontractors will be allowed on-site
without prior approval by Warland and prior scheduled appointment.
18. There will be absolutely no use of Tenant and/or Building property to
include, but not limited to, telephones, dollies, ladders, copiers,
vacuums, etc., unless specifically approved in writing by the Tenant and/or
Warland in advance of their use.
19. All deliveries will be scheduled with Warland. A prior notification of at
least 24 hours but not more than 7 days is required.
20. Contractors shall provide and keep available fire extinguisher(s) within
the demised premise during construction.
21. Forty-eight hours advance written notice to Warland is required for the
following:
A. Cutting into duct, water-line, existing power lines, temporary
disconnecting of any meter, (fire sprinkler) or prior to moving any
air handling equipment, thermostat, etc.
B. Use of toxic materials or varnishing. Including how ventilation and
protection of adjacent areas will be handled. Use of toxic materials
may require after hours work.
C. Any core drilling. All core drilling must be evaluated and approved by
the Contractor's structural engineer with submittal to Warland for
written approval.
D. Any welding or dust related work that will require the covering of
smoke detectors.
E. Contractor shall provide temporary electrical devices within the
demised premises for their Sub-contractor's use. Contractor will not
be permitted to run extension cords through public space on occupied
floors or through occupied Tenant spaces.
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 8 of 10
22. Contractor shall coordinate with and provide advance notice in writing to
Warland when access to occupied space is required. Contractor shall give
notice according to the following schedule.
A. Less than one hour required in the space; provide 24-hour advance
notice.
B. Less than one day required in the space; provide 3 days advance
notice.
C. More than one day required in the space; provide 7 days advance
notice.
23. The Contractor shall not be permitted any identifying signage or
advertising unless approved by Warland in writing.
24. Contractor's materials and tool storage will be limited to the work
Premises. The Contractor may be permitted storage in other areas of the
Building(s) at the option of Warland and as available.
25. Access to any adjacent space is not allowed unless coordinated by Warland.
All construction crews shall stay in their respective workspace at all
times. Construction personnel shall not use floor sinks, restroom sinks or
toilets for cleanup or disposal of any material.
26. Pre-filters shall be installed over all return air openings on floor under
construction. If Building filters or equipment require replacement or
cleaning due to construction dust, the Contractor will be charged.
27. The Contractor should cover air transfers when working next to tenanted
space to control the transmission of dust and dirt. Covering must be
removed at the completion of daily construction. Keep all Tenant entrance
and exit doors closed to restrict the movement of dust or dirt. Close off
temporary openings with polyurethane. Due to local fire codes, no openings
may be made on a tenanted floor in the corridor unless the door will be
made on a tenanted floor to the corridor doors must remain closed unless
materials are being delivered. All HVAC filters in fan rooms shall also be
delivered in operable condition at time of completion (thus a temporary
filter should be added to the existing filter).
28. Wet paint sign must be posted in all public areas when appropriate.
29. Contractor shall turn off lights and all other equipment at night after
completion of work for the day.
30. Contractor shall arrange for pre-inspection of common area and Tenant
suites prior to construction to identify items subject to potential claim
for breakage, theft, abuse, damage, etc. Pre-inspections shall be attended
by the General Superintendent, Subcontractor Foreman, Tenant
Representative, and Warland.
31. Contractor shall not interfere with other Tenants in such a manner as to
cause unnecessary inconvenience or disruption, such as core drilling,
operation of powder actuate tools, hammering, or any construction that
would transmit sound through walls and floors. Work of this nature must be
scheduled before 7:30 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. The Management office
reserves the right to stop work if deemed necessary.
32. Contractor's use of elevators is limited to construction deliveries, which
must be scheduled before 7:30 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m. Prior to use of
elevators, Contractor must properly protect flooring, walls and ceiling of
elevators.
33. Prior to construction commencement, Contractor shall provide a list of the
Subcontractors and any other on-site personnel shall not be changed without
the prior written consent of Warland.
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 9 of 10
34. Warland shall have the right from time to time as may be required, to
inspect or perform work within the Building(s). Warland shall have the
right to suspend Contractor's Work in the Building if such Work, in the
opinion of Warland, is presenting or may present a danger to life, safety,
or property, or in an emergency situation.
35. Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the Certificate of
Occupancy (or equivalent approval) and shall submit to Warland the original
thereof prior to occupancy of the premises for the purposes of conducting
business.
36. It is expressly understood and agreed that the construction Contract shall
be for the direct benefit of Warland, who is the owner of the Building(s)
and the real property on which the work is to be done. Accordingly, Warland
shall be granted the right to pursue in its own name any rights or remedies
against Contractor including, without limitation, claims for damages
granted to other parties under the Contract.
37. No Contractor shall be allowed to start any work in the Building(s) without
having a current Certificate of Insurance on file with the Management
Office Contractor must keep current insurance certificates on all
Sub-contractors. Any Contractor/Sub-contractor performing work found not to
have current insurance would be immediately ordered off the premises.
General contractors shall list the following as additionally insured:
WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY
38. Contractor must indemnify and hold harmless Warland Investments Company
against and from any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, penalties,
actions, suits, claims, damages, expenses, disbursements (including legal
fees and expenses) and costs of any kind or nature in any way relating to
or arising out of the work performed by Contractor. To satisfy this
requirement, the Contractor must sign and return the attached standard form
Indemnification/Hold Harmless and Subrogation Letter.
39. Contractor and/or subcontractors should assist with Building emergencies
once notified by Warland or other designated authority. This could be from
immediate evacuation of a Building once an alarm is sounded to assisting
with evacuation and executing a plan to terminate the alarm/emergency
situation.
40. All contractors working over the weekend and after the normal hours shall
provide Warland a list of workers 24 hours prior to the worker being on
site or they will be denied access. The list should also include an
estimated time the Contractors will be working, the location of the work to
be done, the number of employees and the working Supervisor who will be
present in the Building(s) during the performance of the work.
These Construction Rules and Regulations have been agreed upon, approved and
accepted by the undersigned and on the date indicated below.
CONTRACTOR
Company:
----------------------------
By:
---------------------------------
Print Name:
-------------------------
Title:
------------------------------
Date:
-------------------------------
EXHIBIT "B"
Page 10 of 10
EXHIBIT "C"
FORM OF PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Parking License Agreement ("AGREEMENT"), dated for reference purposes
as of December 1, 2005, is made between Warland Investments Company, a
California limited partnership ("WARLAND") and Universal Electronics Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("TENANT") with reference to the following facts:
A. Warland is the lessor and Tenant is the lessee under that certain
Lease dated November 1, 1997, as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Lease, dated February 21, 2001, that certain Second
Amendment to Lease, dated May 27, 2003, and that certain Third
Amendment to Lease, dated December 1, 2005 (collectively, the "LEASE")
pursuant to which Tenant currently leases from Warland certain premise
commonly known as 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California (the "LEASED
PREMISES").
B. Warland holds a license conveyed to Warland by DRS Sensors & Targeting
Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("DRS") permitting Warland to
use thirty (30) parking spaces located on that certain parcel adjacent
to the Leased Parcel commonly known as 10600 Valley View, Cypress,
California (the "PARKING PARCEL") pursuant to that certain Parking
License Agreement by and between Warland and DRS dated December 1,
2005 (the "DRS AGREEMENT").
C. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant desires
to use certain parking spaces on the Parking Parcel and, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Warland agrees to permit
Tenant the use of such spaces.
Therefore, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Parking License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, Warland hereby provides the Tenant with the exclusive
license to use those thirty (30) passenger automobile parking spaces
on the Parking Parcel designated on attached Exhibit A (the "PARKING
SPACES") together with the necessary vehicular and pedestrian ingress
and egress to the Parking Parcel for access to and from the Parking
Spaces (collectively, the "LICENSE"). The License extends only to the
Parking Spaces, and, under no circumstances shall Tenant or any of its
agents, employees, representatives, licensees, business invitees,
including, without limitation any visitors to the Leased Premises
(collectively, "TENANT PARTIES") have any right to enter upon or use
the other portion of the Parking Parcel.
2. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "TERM") shall begin on the
"EXTENDED TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE" as defined in the Lease and shall
continue until expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 1 of 7
3. Permitted Use. The Parking Spaces shall only be used by Tenant Parties
using the Leased Premises for the parking of passenger automobiles,
light pick-up trucks, passenger vans, and motorcycles ("PERMITTED SIZE
VEHICLES"). Without limiting the foregoing, the following is expressly
prohibited on the Parking Parcel: (i) the parking of vehicles other
than Permitted Size Vehicles (which shall be subject to immediate tow
at Tenant's expense), (ii) the parking of vehicles owned, leased or
operated by other than Tenant Parties in connection with their use of
the Leased Premises, (iii) storage of any nature, (iv) any vehicles
parked longer than two (2) consecutive business days (which shall then
be subject to tow at Tenant's expense), and (iv) other than emergency
tow or "roadside service", any automobile repair.
4. Parking Fee; Lease Performance. On the first day of every month of the
Term, Tenant shall pay to Warland a fee for the use of the Parking
Spaces in the amount of One Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($1,200.00)
($40.00 for thirty (30) Parking Spaces) (the "PARKING FEE"). The
Parking Fee shall be due and payable on the first day of every month
concurrently with Tenant's payment of rent under the Lease. If Tenant
fails to pay the Parking Fee when due and fails to cure such default
within five (5) business days following written notice by Warland to
Tenant, then Warland shall thereafter have the right, in Warland's
sole and absolute discretion, to terminate the License and this
Agreement. The Parking Fee for any partial month shall be prorated
based on a 30-day month. Without limiting the foregoing, the License
shall be as additional consideration for Tenant's continuing
performance of those obligations on its part to be performed under the
Lease. Nothing in this Agreement shall excuse, abate or alter any of
Tenant's obligations under the Lease, Upon expiration or earlier
termination of the Lease for any reason, the License and this
Agreement shall automatically terminate.
5. Alterations; Insurance and Indemnity. Except payment of rent, the
License shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Lease
which are incorporated herein by reference. However, to the extent of
any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of
this Agreement shall control. Without limiting the foregoing, the
following provisions shall apply to the License:
5.1 Alterations. Under no circumstances shall Tenant modify or alter
the Parking Parcel or any portion thereof.
5.2 Repairs. Any damage caused by or through Tenant or any Tenant
Parties (shall be repaired, at Warland's election, either
directly by Tenant (at its sole cost) or by Warland subject to
reimbursement by Tenant as additional rent pursuant to the
payment procedures in the Lease). At any time during the Term at
Warland's cost, Warland shall have the right to fence the Parking
Spaces in order to separate the Parking Spaces from the remainder
of the Parking Parcel.
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 2 of 7
5.3 Insurance and Indemnity. The parties respective insurance and
indemnity obligations under the Lease shall apply to the Parking
Spaces, and Tenant's use of the License to the same extent as
such obligations apply to Tenant's use of the Leased Premises
under the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant
hereby indemnifies, defends and holds Warland, its officers,
directors, shareholders, partners, affiliates and their
respective agents and employees harmless from and against any
claims, costs, losses, liabilities, damages, or expenses caused
by or resulting from Tenant and Tenant Parties', entry onto the
Parking Parcel and use of the Parking Spaces by Tenant or
Tenant's Parties.
6. Assignment and Subletting. The License shall be assigned to any
permitted assignee under the Lease and partially assigned to any
permitted subtenant under the Lease to the extent necessary for such
subtenant's use of the portion of the Leased Premises so sublet. Under
no circumstances shall this License be assigned or transferred in any
manner independently of an assignment or sublease under the Lease, and
any such independent assignment or other transfer shall be void.
7. Security. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant's sole cost,
expense and liability, for the security of Parking Spaces and the
safety of Tenant Parties or any other persons using or entering upon
the Parking Spaces. To the extent Tenant engages any security
personnel to comply with its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be
solely responsible for the number, competence and quality of such
personnel. Tenant acknowledges that Warland shall not be providing any
security to the Parking Parcel.
8. Default. In the event either party fails to perform any obligation on
its part to be performed, such failure shall be subject to the same
notice and cure provisions as set forth in the Lease. Termination of
the Lease shall terminate this Agreement and the License.
9. Subordination. This Agreement and the License shall be subordinated to
any mortgage or deed of trust on the Parking Parcel to the same extent
as the Lease shall be subordinated to any mortgage or deed of trust on
the Leased Premises in accordance with Lease Section 10.1. Tenant
shall execute and deliver such subordination documents within ten (10)
days following a written request from Warland.
10. Commission. No commission or fee shall be owed under this Agreement
separate from the Lease or the Third Amendment thereto.
11. Personal Property Interests. The rights conveyed by this Agreement and
the License are acknowledged to be personal property interests of
Warland. This license grants no interest in nor attaches to any
underlying real property within the Parking Parcel or the Leased
Premises. Accordingly, the personal property rights conveyed by this
License shall not entitle Tenant to file any claim, lien or notice
against any real property. As material consideration for this License,
Tenant
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 3 of 7
waives any right it may have to record a lis pendens against the
Parking Parcel under section 405 et seq. of the California Code of
Civil Procedure, or any other provision of law, if a dispute arises
under this License.
12. Costs of Enforcement. If it becomes necessary for either party to
employ an attorney or other person or commence an action to enforce
any of the provisions of this Agreement or interpret any of the
provisions of this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay to
the prevailing all attorneys' fees and court costs incurred by the
prevailing party in such action.
13. Notices. All notices and other communications made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be made in the manner and shall be subject to the
requirements of Lease.
14. Relocation. If the DRS Agreement terminates, Warland shall have the
right, at any time upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Tenant, to relocate the Parking Spaces to 6200 Gateway
Drive, Cypress, California, as exhibited on attached Exhibit B (the
"ALTERNATIVE PARKING PARCEL").
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between
the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and all
prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and
understandings of the parties hereto, oral or written, are hereby
superseded and merged herein. No supplement, modification, or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and
executed by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of
California. The headings of this Agreement are for purposes of
reference only and shall not limit or define the meaning of the
provisions hereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which
shall constitute one and the same instrument. Neither this Agreement,
nor a short form memorandum hereof shall be filed or recorded in any
public office without Warland's prior written consent, which may be
given or withheld in Warland's sole and absolute discretion; provided,
however, if any lender having a secured interest in any of the Parking
Parcel and/or the Leased Premises requires such recordation, Tenant
shall execute and deliver to Warland a memorandum hereof in recordable
form.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 4 of 7
WARLAND: WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,
a California limited partnership
By: /s/ CARL W. ROBERTSON
------------------------------------
Carl W. Robertson,
Co-Managing Director
By: /s/ JOHN C. LAW
------------------------------------
John C. Law,
Co-Managing Director
TENANT: UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ PAUL ARLING
------------------------------------
Its: CHAIRMAN & CEO
By:
------------------------------------
Its:
-----------------------------------
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 5 of 7
EXHIBIT A
TO FORM OF PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
DEPICTION OF THE PARKING SPACES
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 6 of 7
(TRACT NO. 467 DRAWING)
EXHIBIT B
TO FORM OF PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
DEPICTION OF THE PARKING SPACES
ON THE ALTERNATIVE PARKING PARCEL
EXHIBIT "C"
Page 7 of 7
(SITE PLAN)
EXHIBIT "D"
ADJUSTMENT OF BASIC MONTHLY RENT
Upon the due and timely exercise of an Option pursuant to Section 7 of the
Amendment, the "FAIR MARKET RENT" shall be determined as follows:
At least one hundred eighty (180) days before the first day of an Extension
pursuant to a duly exercised Option (an "EXTENSION COMMENCEMENT"), Landlord and
Tenant shall meet in an effort to negotiate, in good faith, the Fair Market Rent
of the Premises as of the commencement date of the Extension (the "EXTENSION
COMMENCEMENT"). If Landlord and Tenant have not agreed upon the Fair Market Rent
of the Premises at least one hundred (100) days before the Extension
Commencement, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree in good faith upon a
single appraiser not later than seventy-five (75) days before the Extension
Commencement. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single appraiser
within this time period, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1)
appraiser not later than sixty-five (65) days before the Extension Commencement.
Within ten (10) days thereafter, the two appointed appraisers shall appoint a
third appraiser. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint its appraiser
within the prescribed time period, the single appraiser appointed shall
determine the Fair Market Rent of the Premises. If both parties fail to appoint
appraisers within the prescribed time periods, then the first appraiser
thereafter selected by a party shall determine the Fair Market Rent of the
Premises. Each party shall bear the cost of its own appraiser, and the parties
shall share equally the cost of a single or a third appraiser, if applicable.
Each appraiser shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the appraisal of
first class commercial /industrial buildings in Orange County, California and
shall be a member of one or more professional organizations such as MAI or an
equivalent.
For purposes of such appraisal, "FAIR MARKET RENT" shall mean the price that a
ready and willing tenant would pay, as of the Extension Commencement, as triple
net monthly rent to a ready and willing landlord of a Comparable Building for
Comparable Premises if that property were exposed for lease on the open market
for a reasonable period of time with a lease comparable to the Lease.
"COMPARABLE BUILDING" shall mean a first class commercial building of comparable
age in the City of Cypress after taking into account all tenant improvement
allowances and other similar monetary concessions for renewal space, if any
granted to tenants of Comparable Premises. "COMPARABLE PREMISES" shall mean
premises for commercial use within the Comparable Building in a first class
condition and access to on-site parking as set forth in this Lease. If a single
appraiser is chosen, then such appraisal shall determine the Fair Market Rent of
the Premises. Otherwise, the Fair Market Rent of the Premises shall be the
arithmetic average of the two of the three appraisals which are closest in
amount, and the third appraisal shall be disregarded. In no event, however,
shall the then-existing Base Rent ever be reduced by reason of such computation,
nor shall there be any rent concession, any tenant improvement allowance or
other financial requirement of Landlord for the Extension, Landlord and Tenant
shall instruct the appraiser(s) to complete their determination of the Fair
Market Rent not later than thirty (30) days before the Extension Commencement.
If the Fair Market Rent is not determined before the Extension Commencement,
then Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the Basic Monthly Rent in effect
immediately prior to the Extension Commencement until the Fair Market Rent is
determined. When the Fair Market Rent of the Premises is determined, Landlord
shall deliver notice of that amount to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord,
within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, the difference between the
Basic Monthly Rent actually paid by Tenant to Landlord and the new Base Rent
determined under this Exhibit.
EXHIBIT "D"
PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Parking License Agreement ("AGREEMENT"), dated for reference purposes
as of December 1, 2005, is made between Warland Investments Company, a
California limited partnership ("WARLAND") and Universal Electronics Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("TENANT") with reference to the following facts:
A. Warland is the lessor and Tenant is the lessee under that certain
Lease dated November 1, 1997, as amended by that certain First
Amendment to Lease, dated February 21, 2001, that certain Second
Amendment to Lease, dated May 27, 2003, and that certain Third
Amendment to Lease, dated December 1, 2005 (collectively, the "LEASE")
pursuant to which Tenant currently leases from Warland certain premise
commonly known as 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California (the "LEASED
PREMISES").
B. Warland holds a license conveyed to Warland by DRS Sensors & Targeting
Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("DRS") permitting Warland to
use thirty (30) parking spaces located on that certain parcel adjacent
to the Leased Parcel commonly known as 10600 Valley View, Cypress,
California (the "PARKING PARCEL") pursuant to that certain Parking
License Agreement by and between Warland and DRS dated December 1,
2005 (the "DRS AGREEMENT").
C. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant desires
to use certain parking spaces on the Parking Parcel and, subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Warland agrees to permit
Tenant the use of such spaces.
Therefore, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. Parking License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, Warland hereby provides the Tenant with the exclusive
license to use those thirty (30) passenger automobile parking spaces
on the Parking Parcel designated on attached Exhibit A (the "PARKING
SPACES") together with the necessary vehicular and pedestrian ingress
and egress to the Parking Parcel for access to and from the Parking
Spaces (collectively, the "LICENSE"). The License extends only to the
Parking Spaces, and, under no circumstances shall Tenant or any of its
agents, employees, representatives, licensees, business invitees,
including, without limitation any visitors to the Leased Premises
(collectively, "TENANT PARTIES") have any right to enter upon or use
the other portion of the Parking Parcel.
2. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "TERM") shall begin on the
"EXTENDED TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE" as defined in the Lease and shall
continue until expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
3. Permitted Use. The Parking Spaces shall only be used by Tenant Parties
using the Leased Premises for the parking of passenger automobiles,
light pick-up trucks, passenger vans, and motorcycles ("PERMITTED SIZE
VEHICLES"). Without limiting
-1-
the foregoing, the following is expressly prohibited on the Parking
Parcel: (i) the parking of vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles
(which shall be subject to immediate tow at Tenant's expense), (ii)
the parking of vehicles owned, leased or operated by other than Tenant
Parties in connection with their use of the Leased Premises, (iii)
storage of any nature, (iv) any vehicles parked longer than two (2)
consecutive business days (which shall then be subject to tow at
Tenant's expense), and (iv) other than emergency tow or "roadside
service", any automobile repair.
4. Parking Fee; Lease Performance. On the first day of every month of the
Term, Tenant shall pay to Warland a fee for the use of the Parking
Spaces in the amount of One Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($1,200.00)
($40.00 for thirty (30) Parking Spaces) (the "PARKING FEE"). The
Parking Fee shall be due and payable on the first day of every month
concurrently with Tenant's payment of rent under the Lease. If Tenant
fails to pay the Parking Fee when due and fails to cure such default
within five (5) business days following written notice by Warland to
Tenant, then Warland shall thereafter have the right, in Warland's
sole and absolute discretion, to terminate the License and this
Agreement. The Parking Fee for any partial month shall be prorated
based on a 30-day month. Without limiting the foregoing, the License
shall be as additional consideration for Tenant's continuing
performance of those obligations on its part to be performed under the
Lease. Nothing in this Agreement shall excuse, abate or alter any of
Tenant's obligations under the Lease. Upon expiration or earlier
termination of the Lease for any reason, the License and this
Agreement shall automatically terminate.
5. Alterations; Insurance and Indemnity. Except payment of rent, the
License shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Lease
which are incorporated herein by reference. However, to the extent of
any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of
this Agreement shall control. Without limiting the foregoing, the
following provisions shall apply to the License:
5.1 Alterations. Under no circumstances shall Tenant modify or alter
the Parking Parcel or any portion thereof.
5.2 Repairs. Any damage caused by or through Tenant or any Tenant
Parties (shall be repaired, at Warland's election, either
directly by Tenant (at its sole cost) or by Warland subject to
reimbursement by Tenant as additional rent pursuant to the
payment procedures in the Lease). At any time during the Term at
Warland's cost, Warland shall have the right to fence the Parking
Spaces in order to separate the Parking Spaces from the remainder
of the Parking Parcel.
5.3 Insurance and Indemnity. The parties respective insurance and
indemnity obligations under the Lease shall apply to the Parking
Spaces, and Tenant's use of the License to the same extent as
such obligations apply to Tenant's use of the Leased Premises
under the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to
-2-
the contrary, Tenant hereby indemnifies, defends and holds
Warland, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners,
affiliates and their respective agents and employees harmless
from and against any claims, costs, losses, liabilities, damages,
or expenses caused by or resulting from Tenant and Tenant
Parties', entry onto the Parking Parcel and use of the Parking
Spaces by Tenant or Tenant's Parties.
6. Assignment and Subletting. The License shall be assigned to any
permitted assignee under the Lease and partially assigned to any
permitted subtenant under the Lease to the extent necessary for such
subtenant's use of the portion of the Leased Premises so sublet. Under
no circumstances shall this License be assigned or transferred in any
manner independently of an assignment or sublease under the Lease, and
any such independent assignment or other transfer shall be void.
7. Security. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant's sole cost,
expense and liability, for the security of Parking Spaces and the
safety of Tenant Parties or any other persons using or entering upon
the Parking Spaces. To the extent Tenant engages any security
personnel to comply with its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be
solely responsible for the number, competence and quality of such
personnel. Tenant acknowledges that Warland shall not be providing any
security to the Parking Parcel.
8. Default. In the event either party fails to perform any obligation on
its part to be performed, such failure shall be subject to the same
notice and cure provisions as set forth in the Lease. Termination of
the Lease shall terminate this Agreement and the License.
9. Subordination. This Agreement and the License shall be subordinated to
any mortgage or deed of trust on the Parking Parcel to the same extent
as the Lease shall be subordinated to any mortgage or deed of trust on
the Leased Premises in accordance with Lease Section 10.1. Tenant
shall execute and deliver such subordination documents within ten (10)
days following a written request from Warland.
10. Commission. No commission or fee shall be owed under this Agreement
separate from the Lease or the Third Amendment thereto.
11. Personal Property Interests. The rights conveyed by this Agreement and
the License are acknowledged to be personal property interests of
Warland. This license grants no interest in nor attaches to any
underlying real property within the Parking Parcel or the Leased
Premises. Accordingly, the personal property rights conveyed by this
License shall not entitle Tenant to file any claim, lien or notice
against any real property. As material consideration for this License,
Tenant waives any right it may have to record a lis pendens against
the Parking Parcel under section 405 et seq. of the California Code
of Civil Procedure, or any other provision of law, if a dispute arises
under this License.
-3-
12. Costs of Enforcement. If it becomes necessary for either party to
employ an attorney or other person or commence an action to enforce
any of the provisions of this Agreement or interpret any of the
provisions of this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay to
the prevailing all attorneys' fees and court costs incurred by the
prevailing party in such action.
13. Notices. All notices and other communications made pursuant to this
Agreement shall be made in the manner and shall be subject to the
requirements of Lease.
14. Relocation. If the DRS Agreement terminates, Warland shall have the
right, at any time upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Tenant, to relocate the Parking Spaces to 6200 Gateway
Drive, Cypress, California, as exhibited on attached Exhibit B (the
"ALTERNATIVE PARKING PARCEL").
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between
the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and all
prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and
understandings of the parties hereto, oral or written, are hereby
superseded and merged herein. No supplement, modification, or
amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and
executed by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of
California. The headings of this Agreement are for purposes of
reference only and shall not limit or define the meaning of the
provisions hereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which
shall constitute one and the same instrument. Neither this Agreement,
nor a short form memorandum hereof shall be filed or recorded in any
public office without Warland's prior written consent, which may be
given or withheld in Warland's sole and absolute discretion; provided,
however, if any lender having a secured interest in any of the Parking
Parcel and/or the Leased Premises requires such recordation, Tenant
shall execute and deliver to Warland a memorandum hereof in recordable
form.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
-4-
WARLAND: WARLAND INVESTMENTS COMPANY,
a California limited partnership
By: /s/ CARL W. ROBERTSON
------------------------------------
Carl W. Robertson,
Co-Managing Director
By: /s/ JOHN C. LAW
------------------------------------
John C. Law,
Co-Managing Director
TENANT: UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ PAUL ARLING
------------------------------------
Its: CHAIRMAN & CEO
By:
------------------------------------
Its:
-----------------------------------
-5-
EXHIBIT A
TO PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
DEPICTION OF THE PARKING SPACES
Exhibit "A"
(TRACT NO. 467 DRAWING)
EXHIBIT B
TO PARKING LICENSE AGREEMENT
DEPICTION OF THE PARKING SPACES
ON THE ALTERNATIVE PARKING PARCEL
Exhibit "B"
(SITE PLAN)
Exhibit 10.28
CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 3rd day of March, 2006, by and
between Universal Electronics Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation")
and Robert P. Lilleness (the "Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries,
wishes to attract and retain well-qualified executive and key personnel and to
assure both itself and the Executive of continuity of management in the event of
any actual or threatened Change in Control (as defined in Paragraph 2) of the
Corporation; and
WHEREAS, to achieve this purpose, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation considered and approved this Agreement to be entered into with the
Executive as being in the best interests of the Corporation and its
stockholders;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
set forth herein, the parties hereto agree a follows:
1. Operation of Agreement. The "effective date of this Agreement" shall be
the date on which a Change in Control occurs, and this Agreement shall
not have any force or effect whatsoever prior to that date.
2. Change in Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in
Control" shall be deemed to occur when and only when the first of the
following events occurs:
a. Any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections
3(a), 3(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder (the "1934 Act"), other than (i) a trustee or other
fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan
of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) a
corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders
of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of stock in the Corporation, is or becomes the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934
Act)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Corporation representing 20% or more of the total voting power
of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting
Stock"); or
1
b. Individuals who are members of the Incumbent Board, cease to
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation; or
c. (i) The merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any
other corporation or entity, other than a merger or
consolidation which would result in the Voting Stock
outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into
voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the
total voting power represented by the Voting Stock or the
voting securities of such surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (ii) the sale,
transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's assets to any other corporation or entity,
and/or (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the
Corporation.
The term "Incumbent Board" shall mean (i) the members of the Board of
Directors on March 3, 2006, and (ii) any individual who becomes a
member of the Board of Directors after March 3, 2006, if his or her
election or nomination for election as a director was approved by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the then Incumbent Board.
3. Employment. The Corporation hereby agrees to continue the Executive in
its employ and/or the employ of one or more of its subsidiaries and the
Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Corporation
and/or such subsidiaries, for the period commencing on the effective
date of this Agreement and ending on the second anniversary of such
date (the "employment period"), to exercise such authority and perform
such executive duties as are commensurate with the authority being
exercised and duties being performed by the Executive immediately prior
to the effective date of this Agreement, which services shall be
performed at a location within the metropolitan area in which the
Executive was employed immediately prior to the effective date of this
Agreement. During the employment period, the Executive agrees to devote
Executive's full business time exclusively to such executive duties and
shall perform such duties faithfully.
4. Compensation, Compensation Plans, Benefits and Perquisites. During the
employment period, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:
a. Executive shall receive an annual salary at a rate which is
not less than Executive's rate of annual salary immediately
prior to the effective date of this Agreement, with the
opportunity for increases from time to time thereafter which
are in accordance with the Corporation's regular practices.
b. Executive shall be eligible to participate on a reasonable
basis in the Corporation's stock option plans, annual
incentive bonus programs and any other bonus and incentive
compensation plans (whether now or hereinafter in effect) in
which
2
executives with comparable authority and duties are eligible
to participate, which plans must provide opportunities to
receive compensation which are at least as great as the
opportunities under the plans in which the Executive was
participating immediately prior to the effective date of this
Agreement.
c. Executive shall be entitled to receive employee benefits and
perquisites which are the greater of the employee benefits and
perquisites provided by the Corporation to executives with
comparable duties or the employee benefits and perquisites to
which Executive was entitled immediately prior to the
effective date of this Agreement. Such benefits and
perquisites shall include, but not be limited to, the benefits
and perquisites included under the Universal Electronics Inc.
401(K) and Profit Sharing Plan, the Universal Electronics Inc.
1993 Stock Incentive Plan, the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995
Stock Incentive Plan, the Universal Electronics Inc. 1996
Stock Incentive Plan, the Universal Electronics Inc. 1998
Stock Incentive Plan, the Universal Electronics Inc. 1999
Stock Incentive Plan, the Salaried Employee Cash Incentive
Program, and the Universal Electronics Inc. group health
insurance program, which includes comprehensive medial
insurance, group disability, group life insurance, and
executive bonus (supplemental life) and such other plans as
shall be developed and implemented from time to time.
5. Termination Following Change in Control
a. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "termination" shall
mean (i) termination by the Corporation of the employment of
the Executive with the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries
for any reason other than death, disability or "cause" (as
defined below), or (ii) resignation of the Executive (1) for
"good reason" (as defined below), or (2) without regard to
reason if notice of Executive's decision to resign is
delivered to the Corporation within sixty (60) calendar days
following the effective date of this Agreement.
b. The term "good reason" shall mean (i) a significant change in
the nature or scope or the location for the exercise or
performance of the Executive's authority or duties from those
referred to in Section 3, a reduction in total compensation,
compensation plans, benefits or perquisites from those
provided in Section 4, or the breach by the Corporation of any
other provision of this Agreement; or (ii) a reasonable
determination by the Executive that, as a result of a Change
in Control and a change in circumstances thereafter
significantly affecting Executive's position, Executive is
unable to exercise the authorities, power, function or duties
attached to Executive's position and contemplated by Section 3
of the Agreement.
3
c. The term "cause" means (i) the willful and continued failure
by the Executive to substantially perform Executive's duties
with the Corporation and/or, if applicable, one or more of its
subsidiaries (other than any such failure resulting from
Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness)
after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to
Executive by the Board of Directors of the Corporation which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes
the Executive has not substantially performed Executive's
duties, (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in gross
misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the
property or business of the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries, or (iii) Executive's commission of fraud,
misappropriation or a felony. For purposes of this paragraph,
no act or failure to act on the Executive's part will be
considered "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that
Executive's action or omission was in the interests of the
Corporation or not opposed to the interests of the
Corporation.
6. Confidentiality. The Executive agrees that during and after the
employment period, Executive shall retain in confidence any
confidential information known to Executive concerning the Corporation
and its subsidiaries and their respective business for as long as such
information is not publicly disclosed.
7. No Obligation to Mitigate Damages. The Executive shall not be obligated
to seek other employment in mitigation of amounts payable or
arrangements made under the provisions of this Agreement and the
obtaining of any such other employment shall in no event effect any
reduction of the Corporation's obligations under this Agreement.
8. Severance Allowance
a. In the event of the termination of the Executive during the
employment period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a lump sum severance allowance within five days of such
termination, in an amount which is equal to the sum of the
following:
(i) The amount equivalent to salary payments for
24 calendar months, at the rate required by paragraph
4(a) and in effect immediately prior to termination
(without regard to any attempted reduction or
discontinuance of such salary); and
(ii) The amount equivalent to 24 calendar months
of bonus, at the greater of (A) the monthly rate of
the bonus payment for the bonus period in the year
immediately prior to Executive' s termination date,
or (B) the estimated amount of the bonus for the
period which includes Executive's termination
4
date (without regard to any attempted reduction or
discontinuance of such bonus).
b. In addition to such amount under paragraph (a) above, the
Executive shall also receive, (i) in cash the value of the
incentive compensation (including, but not limited to,
employer contributions to the Universal Electronics Inc.
401(K) and Profit Sharing Plan and (ii) the rights to receive
grants of stock options and stock awards to which Executive
would have been entitled under all incentive compensation and
stock option and stock award plans maintained by the
Corporation if Executive had remained in the employ of the
Corporation for 24 months (without regard to any attempted
reduction or discontinuance of such incentive compensation).
The amount of such payment and/or grants shall be determined
as of the date of termination and shall be paid and/or issued
as promptly as practicable and in no event later than 30 days
after such termination.
c. The Corporation shall maintain in full force and effect for
the Executive's continued benefit (and, to the extent
applicable, the continued benefit of Executive's dependents)
all of the employee benefits (including, not limited to,
coverage under any medical and insurance plans, programs or
arrangements) to which Executive would have been entitled
under all employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements
maintained by the Corporation if Executive had remained in the
employ of the Corporation for 24 calendar months after
Executive's termination (without regard to any attempted
reduction or discontinuance of such benefits), or if such
continuation is not possible under the terms and provisions of
such plans, programs or arrangements, the Corporation shall
arrange to provide benefits at least equal to those which the
Executive (and, to the extent applicable, Executive's
dependents) would have been entitled to receive if the
Executive had remained a participant in such plans, programs
or for such 24-month period (without regard to any attempted
reduction or discontinuance of such benefits.
9. Adjustments in Case of "Excess Parachute Payments. In the event that
the aggregate present value (determined in accordance with applicable
federal, state and local income tax law, rules and regulations) of all
payments to be made and benefits to be provided to the Executive under
this Agreement and/or under any other plan, program or arrangement
maintained or entered into by the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries shall result in "excess parachute payments" to the
Executive within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any comparable provision of
successor legislation, which subject the Executive to the Excise Tax
under Section 4999 of the Code or any comparable provision of successor
legislation, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive an additional
amount (the "gross-up payment") calculated so that the net amount
received by Executive after deduction of the Excise Tax and of all
federal, state, and local income taxes
5
upon the gross-up payment shall equal the payments to be made and the
benefits to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement. For
purposes of determining the amount of the gross-up payment, the
Executive shall be deemed to pay federal, state, and local income taxes
at the highest marginal rates thereof in the calendar year in which the
gross-up payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal
income taxes obtainable from deduction of such state and local taxes.
The computations required by this Section 9 shall be made by the
independent public accountants then regularly retained by the
Corporation, in consultation with tax counsel selected thereby and
acceptable to the Executive. Said accountants' and tax counsel's fees
shall be paid by the Corporation.
10. Interest; Indemnification
a. In the event any payment to Executive under this Agreement is
not paid within five business days after it is due, such
payment shall thereafter bear interest at the prime rate from
time to time in effect at Bank of America, Los Angeles,
California.
b. The Corporation hereby indemnifies the Executive for all legal
and accounting fees and expenses incurred by Executive in
contesting any action of the Corporation with respect to this
Agreement, including the termination of Executive's employment
hereunder, or incurred by Executive in seeking to obtain or
enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement.
11. Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications
provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if
sent by registered or certified mail to the Executive at the last
address Executive has filed in writing with the Corporation or, in the
case of the Corporation, at its principal executive offices.
12. Non-Alienation. The Executive shall not have any right to pledge,
hypothecate, anticipate or in any way create a lien upon any amounts
provided under this Agreement; and no benefits payable hereunder shall
be assignable in anticipation of payment either by voluntary or
involuntary acts, or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution.
13. Governing Law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to
its conflict of laws provisions.
14. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or canceled only by mutual
agreement of the parties in writing without the consent of any other
person and, so long as the Executive lives, no person, other than the
parties hereto, shall have any rights under or interest in this
Agreement or the subject matter hereof.
6
15. Successor to the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided herein, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Corporation and any successor of the Corporation.
16. Partial Invalidity. The various covenants and provisions of this
Agreement are intended to be severable and to constitute independent
and distinct binding obligations of the parties hereto. Should any
covenant or provision of this Agreement be determined to be void and
unenforceable, in whole or in part, to any party hereto or in any
circumstance, it shall not be deemed to affect or impair the validity
of any other covenant or provision of part thereof, and shall continue
in effect to the extent valid, enforceable and applicable in other
circumstances and to the other party, and such covenant or provision of
part thereof shall be deemed modified but only to such a minimum extent
required to permit it to remain valid, enforceable and applicable to
such party or circumstance. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, if the scope of any covenant, provision or part thereof
contained in this Agreement is too broad to permit enforcement to its
full extent, such covenant, provision or part thereof shall be enforced
to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the parties hereto agree
that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly.
17. Interpretation of Agreement. The parties have cooperated in the
drafting and preparation of this Agreement. Therefore, the parties
hereto agree that, in any construction to be made of this Agreement,
the same shall not be construed against any of the parties by reason of
its drafting or the identity of its preparer. Each of the parties
hereto has carefully read this Agreement and has been given the
opportunity to have it reviewed by legal counsel and negotiate its
terms.
18. Conflict with Executive Officer Employment Agreement. The parties agree
that the Executive Officer Employment Agreement between the Corporation
and the Executive dated April __, 2003 (the "EOEA") shall be and remain
in full force and effect in accordance with its terms subject to the
following: (a) Executive acknowledges that he has received notice from
the Corporation in accordance with the terms of the EOEA of the
Corporation's decision to not renew the EOEA and that as a result of
receiving this notice, the EOEA shall terminate without further action
by the parties at the end of business on the "Initial Term" (as such
term is defined within the EOEA), (b) to the extent that the terms of
this Agreement conflict with those of the EOEA prior to the termination
of the EOEA, the terms of the EOEA shall control until such time as the
EOEA terminates, at which time the terms of this Agreement shall
control, and (c) it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement
that this Agreement will serve to replace certain benefits and rights
given to Executive under the EOEA that terminate when the EOEA
terminates and therefore, the Executive agrees and acknowledges that
under no circumstances shall Executive receive remuneration (regardless
of whether such remuneration is considered compensation, benefits,
perquisites, or severance or the like) under both this Agreement and
the EOEA at the same time, that is the Executive
7
shall first look to the EOEA for such remuneration until the EOEA
terminates and then to this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has executed this Agreement and,
pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Corporation has
caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, and attested by
its Secretary, all as of the day and year first above written.
------------------------------------
Executive
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:
--------------------------------
Paul D. Arling, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
ATTEST:
- --------------------------------------
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Secretary
8
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Universal Electronics B.V. (organized under the laws of the Netherlands)
One For All GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
One For All (UK) Ltd. (organized under the laws of the United Kingdom)
One For All Iberia S.L. (organized under the laws of Spain)
One For All Argentina S.R.L. (organized under the laws of Argentina)
One For All France S.A.S. (organized under the laws of France)
Universal Electronics GP, LLC (incorporated in the state of Delaware)
Universal Electronics LP, LLC (incorporated in the state of Delaware)
UEIC, LP (a Texas limited partnership)
SimpleDevices Inc. (incorporated in the state of Delaware)
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued reports dated March 10, 2006, accompanying the consolidated financial statements and
schedule and managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting included in the Annual Report of Universal Electronics, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2005. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the
Registration Statements of Universal Electronics, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 33-66426, effective
July 23, 1993, File No. 333-09021, effective August 14, 1996; File No. 333-23985, effective
March 26,1997; File 333-91101, effective November 17, 1999; File 333-95715, effective January
31, 2000; File 333-47378; effective October 5, 2000; File 333-103038 effective February 7,
2003; and File 333-117782, effective July 30, 2004).
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 10, 2006
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8
(Nos. 33-66426, 333-09021, 333-23985, 333-91101, 333-95715, 333-47378, 333-103038 and 333-117782) of
Universal Electronics Inc. of our report dated March 16, 2005 relating to the financial statements
and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Orange County, CA
March 10, 2006
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Paul D. Arling, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrants internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and
the audit committee of registrants board of directors: |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date:
March 16, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Bryan M. Hackworth, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrants internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and
the audit committee of registrants board of directors: |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
Date:
March 16, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer) |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
Paul D. Arling, as Chief Executive Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
March 16, 2006 |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Section 1350 Certifications
Bryan M. Hackworth, as Chief Accounting Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer) |
|
|
March 16, 2006 |
|
|